* [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file
@ 2019-08-16 12:53 Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
` (3 more replies)
0 siblings, 4 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Konstantin Ananyev @ 2019-08-16 12:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese,
Konstantin Ananyev
Right now inclusion of rte_mbuf.h header can cause inclusion of
some arch/os specific headers.
That prevents it to be included directly by some
non-DPDK (but related) entities: KNI, BPF programs, etc.
To overcome that problem usually a separate definitions of rte_mbuf
structure is created within these entities.
That aproach has a lot of drawbacks: code duplication, error prone, etc.
This series moves rte_mbuf structure definition (and some related macros)
into a separate file that can be included by both rte_mbuf.h and
other non-DPDK entities.
Note that these moves shouldn't introduce any change for current DPDK code.
Konstantin Ananyev (3):
eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions
mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition
examples/bpf/t2.c | 5 +-
examples/bpf/t3.c | 3 +-
lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h | 44 ++
lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h | 38 -
lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile | 5 +-
lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build | 3 +-
lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h | 738 +-----------------
.../mbuf.h => lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h | 556 ++++++++-----
8 files changed, 428 insertions(+), 964 deletions(-)
rename examples/bpf/mbuf.h => lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h (51%)
--
2.17.1
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions
2019-08-16 12:53 [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-08-16 12:53 ` Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 18:50 ` Michel Machado
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
` (2 subsequent siblings)
3 siblings, 1 reply; 17+ messages in thread
From: Konstantin Ananyev @ 2019-08-16 12:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese,
Konstantin Ananyev
Right now RTE_CACHE_ and IOVA definitions are located inside rte_memory.h
That might cause an unwanted inclusions of arch/os specific header files.
See [1] for particular problem example.
Probably the simplest way to deal with such problems -
move these definitions into rte_commmon.h
Note that this move doesn't introduce any change in functionality.
[1] https://bugs.dpdk.org/show_bug.cgi?id=321
Suggested-by: Vipin Varghese <vipin.varghese@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
---
lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h | 44 ++++++++++++++++++++++
lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h | 38 -------------------
2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-)
diff --git a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
index 05a3a6401..c275093d7 100644
--- a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
+++ b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
@@ -291,6 +291,50 @@ rte_is_aligned(void *ptr, unsigned align)
*/
#define RTE_BUILD_BUG_ON(condition) ((void)sizeof(char[1 - 2*!!(condition)]))
+/*********** RTE_CACHE related macros ********/
+
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MASK (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE-1) /**< Cache line mask. */
+
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size) \
+ (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE * ((size + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE - 1) / \
+ RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE))
+/**< Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size. */
+
+/**< Cache line size in terms of log2 */
+#if RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 64
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 6
+#elif RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 128
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 7
+#else
+#error "Unsupported cache line size"
+#endif
+
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
+
+/**
+ * Force alignment to cache line.
+ */
+#define __rte_cache_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
+
+/**
+ * Force minimum cache line alignment.
+ */
+#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
+
+/*********** PA/IOVA type definitions ********/
+
+typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t; /**< Physical address. */
+#define RTE_BAD_PHYS_ADDR ((phys_addr_t)-1)
+/**
+ * IO virtual address type.
+ * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
+ * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
+ * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
+ * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
+ */
+typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
+#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
+
/**
* Combines 32b inputs most significant set bits into the least
* significant bits to construct a value with the same MSBs as x
diff --git a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
index 4717dcb43..38e00e382 100644
--- a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
+++ b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
@@ -39,44 +39,6 @@ enum rte_page_sizes {
};
#define SOCKET_ID_ANY -1 /**< Any NUMA socket. */
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MASK (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE-1) /**< Cache line mask. */
-
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size) \
- (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE * ((size + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE - 1) / RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE))
-/**< Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size. */
-
-/**< Cache line size in terms of log2 */
-#if RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 64
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 6
-#elif RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 128
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 7
-#else
-#error "Unsupported cache line size"
-#endif
-
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
-
-/**
- * Force alignment to cache line.
- */
-#define __rte_cache_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
-
-/**
- * Force minimum cache line alignment.
- */
-#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
-
-typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t; /**< Physical address. */
-#define RTE_BAD_PHYS_ADDR ((phys_addr_t)-1)
-/**
- * IO virtual address type.
- * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
- * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
- * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
- * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
- */
-typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
-#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
/**
* Physical memory segment descriptor.
--
2.17.1
^ permalink raw reply related [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
2019-08-16 12:53 [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-08-16 12:53 ` Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 18:51 ` Michel Machado
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
3 siblings, 1 reply; 17+ messages in thread
From: Konstantin Ananyev @ 2019-08-16 12:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese,
Konstantin Ananyev
Right now inclusion of rte_mbuf.h header can cause inclusion of
some arch/os specific headers.
That prevents it to be included directly by some
non-DPDK (but related) entities: KNI, BPF programs, etc.
To overcome that problem usually a separate definitions of rte_mbuf
structure is created within these entities.
That aproach has a lot of drawbacks: code duplication, error prone, etc.
This patch moves rte_mbuf structure definition (and some related macros)
into a separate file that can be included by both rte_mbuf.h and
other non-DPDK entities.
Note that it doesn't introduce any change for current DPDK code.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
---
lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile | 5 +-
lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build | 3 +-
lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h | 738 +----------------------------
lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h | 793 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
4 files changed, 800 insertions(+), 739 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile b/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
index c8f6d2689..f3b76ad23 100644
--- a/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
+++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ LIBABIVER := 5
SRCS-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF) := rte_mbuf.c rte_mbuf_ptype.c rte_mbuf_pool_ops.c
# install includes
-SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include := rte_mbuf.h rte_mbuf_ptype.h rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h
+SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include := rte_mbuf.h
+SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_core.h
+SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_ptype.h
+SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h
include $(RTE_SDK)/mk/rte.lib.mk
diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build b/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
index 6cc11ebb4..36bb6eb9d 100644
--- a/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
+++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
version = 5
sources = files('rte_mbuf.c', 'rte_mbuf_ptype.c', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.c')
-headers = files('rte_mbuf.h', 'rte_mbuf_ptype.h', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h')
+headers = files('rte_mbuf.h', 'rte_mbuf_core.h',
+ 'rte_mbuf_ptype.h', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h')
deps += ['mempool']
allow_experimental_apis = true
diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
index 98225ec80..528b2f121 100644
--- a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
+++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
@@ -42,367 +42,12 @@
#include <rte_branch_prediction.h>
#include <rte_byteorder.h>
#include <rte_mbuf_ptype.h>
+#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
-/*
- * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
- * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
- *
- * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
- * flags.
- * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
- * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
- * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
- * downwards, not upwards.
- *
- * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
- * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
- */
-
-/**
- * The RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet, and the tci has been
- * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci.
- * If the flag PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is also present, the VLAN
- * header has been stripped from mbuf data, else it is still
- * present.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_VLAN (1ULL << 0)
-
-#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1) /**< RX packet with RSS hash result. */
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2) /**< RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
- * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
- * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
- * wrong by the hardware.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
- * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
- * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
- * wrong by the hardware.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
-
-#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5) /**< External IP header checksum error. */
-
-/**
- * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
- * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
- * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
- * When PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set, PKT_RX_VLAN must also be set.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
- * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
-
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
- * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
-
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
-
-#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9) /**< RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
-#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10) /**< RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13) /**< FD id reported if FDIR match. */
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14) /**< Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
-
-/**
- * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
- * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
- * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
- * configuration of the PMD.
- * When PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set, the flags (PKT_RX_VLAN |
- * PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED | PKT_RX_QINQ) must also be set.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
-
-/**
- * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
- * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
- * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
-
-/**
- * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
-
-/**
- * Indicate that security offload processing was applied on the RX packet.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 18)
-
-/**
- * Indicate that security offload processing failed on the RX packet.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD_FAILED (1ULL << 19)
-
-/**
- * The RX packet is a double VLAN, and the outer tci has been
- * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci_outer. If PKT_RX_QINQ set, PKT_RX_VLAN
- * also should be set and inner tci should be saved to mbuf->vlan_tci.
- * If the flag PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is also present, both VLANs
- * headers have been stripped from mbuf data, else they are still
- * present.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_QINQ (1ULL << 20)
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of outer RX L4 checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no info about the outer RX L4 checksum
- * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID: invalid outer L4 checksum state.
- *
- * The detection of PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD shall be based on the given
- * HW capability, At minimum, the PMD should support
- * PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN and PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD states
- * if the DEV_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload is available.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
-
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 21)
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 22)
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
-
-/* add new RX flags here */
-
-/* add new TX flags here */
-
-/**
- * Indicate that the metadata field in the mbuf is in use.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_METADATA (1ULL << 40)
-
-/**
- * Outer UDP checksum offload flag. This flag is used for enabling
- * outer UDP checksum in PMD. To use outer UDP checksum, the user needs to
- * 1) Enable the following in mbuf,
- * a) Fill outer_l2_len and outer_l3_len in mbuf.
- * b) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM flag.
- * c) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 or PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 flag.
- * 2) Configure DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload flag.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM (1ULL << 41)
-
-/**
- * UDP Fragmentation Offload flag. This flag is used for enabling UDP
- * fragmentation in SW or in HW. When use UFO, mbuf->tso_segsz is used
- * to store the MSS of UDP fragments.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_UDP_SEG (1ULL << 42)
-
-/**
- * Request security offload processing on the TX packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 43)
-
-/**
- * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
- * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
-
-/**
- * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
- * The tunnel type must be specified for TSO or checksum on the inner part
- * of tunnel packets.
- * These flags can be used with PKT_TX_TCP_SEG for TSO, or PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
- * The mbuf fields for inner and outer header lengths are required:
- * outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len, l2_len, l3_len, l4_len and tso_segsz for TSO.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
-/** TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN_GPE (0x6ULL << 45)
-/**
- * Generic IP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
- * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
- * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE
- * or PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP if possible.
- * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO.
- * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
- * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
- * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
- * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IP (0xDULL << 45)
-/**
- * Generic UDP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
- * UDP tunnel type implies outer IP layer.
- * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
- * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN
- * if possible.
- * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO.
- * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
- * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
- * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
- * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_UDP (0xEULL << 45)
-/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
-
-/**
- * Double VLAN insertion (QinQ) request to driver, driver may offload the
- * insertion based on device capability.
- * mbuf 'vlan_tci' & 'vlan_tci_outer' must be valid when this flag is set.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_QINQ (1ULL << 49)
-/* this old name is deprecated */
-#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT PKT_TX_QINQ
-
-/**
- * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
- * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
- * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
- * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
- * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
- * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
-
-#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51) /**< TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
-
-/**
- * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
- * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
- * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
- * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
- * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
- * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
- */
-#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52) /**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
-#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52) /**< TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52) /**< SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52) /**< UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52) /**< Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
-
-/**
- * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
- * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
- * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
-
-/**
- * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
- * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
- * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
- * the inner headers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
-
-/**
- * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
- * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
- * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
- * the inner headers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
-
-/**
- * VLAN tag insertion request to driver, driver may offload the insertion
- * based on the device capability.
- * mbuf 'vlan_tci' field must be valid when this flag is set.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_VLAN (1ULL << 57)
-/* this old name is deprecated */
-#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT PKT_TX_VLAN
-
-/**
- * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
- * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, although
- * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM.
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
-
-/**
- * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
- * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
- * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
-
-/**
- * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
- * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
- * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
-
-/**
- * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
- * which can be set for packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 | \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 | \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
- PKT_TX_IPV6 | \
- PKT_TX_IPV4 | \
- PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
- PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
- PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
- PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
- PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
- PKT_TX_MACSEC | \
- PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD | \
- PKT_TX_UDP_SEG | \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_METADATA)
-
-/**
- * Mbuf having an external buffer attached. shinfo in mbuf must be filled.
- */
-#define EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 61)
-
-#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
-
-/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
-#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
-
/**
* Get the name of a RX offload flag
*
@@ -453,310 +98,6 @@ const char *rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
*/
int rte_get_tx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
-/**
- * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
- * splitting it into multiple segments.
- * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
- * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
-#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
- (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
-
-/* define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
- * mbuf */
-__extension__
-typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
-__extension__
-typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
-__extension__
-typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0]; /**< marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes
- * with a single assignment */
-
-struct rte_mbuf_sched {
- uint32_t queue_id; /**< Queue ID. */
- uint8_t traffic_class;
- /**< Traffic class ID. Traffic class 0
- * is the highest priority traffic class.
- */
- uint8_t color;
- /**< Color. @see enum rte_color.*/
- uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved. */
-}; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
-
-/**
- * enum for the tx_offload bit-fields lengths and offsets.
- * defines the layout of rte_mbuf tx_offload field.
- */
-enum {
- RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS = 7,
- RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS = 9,
- RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS = 8,
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS = 16,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS = 9,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS = 7,
- RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS = sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT -
- RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
-#if RTE_BYTE_ORDER == RTE_BIG_ENDIAN
- RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS =
- sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS,
-#else
- RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS = 0,
- RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
-#endif
-};
-
-/**
- * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
- */
-struct rte_mbuf {
- MARKER cacheline0;
-
- void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
- /**
- * Physical address of segment buffer.
- * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
- * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
- * working on vector drivers easier.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- rte_iova_t buf_iova;
- rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
- } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
-
- /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
- MARKER64 rearm_data;
- uint16_t data_off;
-
- /**
- * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
- * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
- * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
- * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
- * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
- * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
- * config option.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
- uint16_t refcnt; /**< Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
- };
- uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
-
- /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports).
- * The event eth Tx adapter uses this field to specify the output port.
- */
- uint16_t port;
-
- uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
-
- /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
- MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
-
- /*
- * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
- * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
- * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
- * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
- * vlan is stripped from the data.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
- struct {
- uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
- uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
- uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
- uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint8_t inner_esp_next_proto;
- /**< ESP next protocol type, valid if
- * RTE_PTYPE_TUNNEL_ESP tunnel type is set
- * on both Tx and Rx.
- */
- __extension__
- struct {
- uint8_t inner_l2_type:4;
- /**< Inner L2 type. */
- uint8_t inner_l3_type:4;
- /**< Inner L3 type. */
- };
- };
- uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
- };
- };
-
- uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
- uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
- /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN is set. */
- uint16_t vlan_tci;
-
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- union {
- uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
- struct {
- union {
- struct {
- uint16_t hash;
- uint16_t id;
- };
- uint32_t lo;
- /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
- };
- uint32_t hi;
- /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent
- * on PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
- */
- } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
- struct rte_mbuf_sched sched;
- /**< Hierarchical scheduler : 8 bytes */
- struct {
- uint32_t reserved1;
- uint16_t reserved2;
- uint16_t txq;
- /**< The event eth Tx adapter uses this field
- * to store Tx queue id.
- * @see rte_event_eth_tx_adapter_txq_set()
- */
- } txadapter; /**< Eventdev ethdev Tx adapter */
- /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
- uint32_t usr;
- } hash; /**< hash information */
- struct {
- /**
- * Application specific metadata value
- * for egress flow rule match.
- * Valid if PKT_TX_METADATA is set.
- * Located here to allow conjunct use
- * with hash.sched.hi.
- */
- uint32_t tx_metadata;
- uint32_t reserved;
- };
- };
-
- /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ is set. */
- uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
-
- uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
-
- /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
- * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
- * Some devices allow to query rte_eth_read_clock that will return the
- * current device timestamp.
- */
- uint64_t timestamp;
-
- /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
- MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
-
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
- uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
- };
-
- struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
- struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
-
- /* fields to support TX offloads */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
- __extension__
- struct {
- uint64_t l2_len:RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS;
- /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
- * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
- */
- uint64_t l3_len:RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS;
- /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
- uint64_t l4_len:RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS;
- /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
- uint64_t tso_segsz:RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS;
- /**< TCP TSO segment size */
-
- /*
- * Fields for Tx offloading of tunnels.
- * These are undefined for packets which don't request
- * any tunnel offloads (outer IP or UDP checksum,
- * tunnel TSO).
- *
- * PMDs should not use these fields unconditionally
- * when calculating offsets.
- *
- * Applications are expected to set appropriate tunnel
- * offload flags when they fill in these fields.
- */
- uint64_t outer_l3_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS;
- /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
- uint64_t outer_l2_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS;
- /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
-
- /* uint64_t unused:RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS; */
- };
- };
-
- /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
- * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size. */
- uint16_t priv_size;
-
- /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
- uint16_t timesync;
-
- /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
- uint32_t seqn;
-
- /** Shared data for external buffer attached to mbuf. See
- * rte_pktmbuf_attach_extbuf().
- */
- struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info *shinfo;
-
-} __rte_cache_aligned;
-
-/**
- * Function typedef of callback to free externally attached buffer.
- */
-typedef void (*rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t)(void *addr, void *opaque);
-
-/**
- * Shared data at the end of an external buffer.
- */
-struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info {
- rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t free_cb; /**< Free callback function */
- void *fcb_opaque; /**< Free callback argument */
- rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
-};
-
-/**< Maximum number of nb_segs allowed. */
-#define RTE_MBUF_MAX_NB_SEGS UINT16_MAX
-
/**
* Prefetch the first part of the mbuf
*
@@ -953,31 +294,6 @@ rte_mbuf_to_priv(struct rte_mbuf *m)
return RTE_PTR_ADD(m, sizeof(struct rte_mbuf));
}
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
- * otherwise.
- *
- * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
- * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
-
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf has an external buffer, or FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * External buffer is a user-provided anonymous buffer.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_HAS_EXTBUF(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)
-
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
- * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) \
- (!((mb)->ol_flags & (IND_ATTACHED_MBUF | EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)))
-
/**
* Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.
*
@@ -2026,62 +1342,10 @@ static inline struct rte_mbuf *rte_pktmbuf_lastseg(struct rte_mbuf *m)
return m;
}
-/**
- * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
- *
- * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
- * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
- * enough to accommodate its data.
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param o
- * The offset into the mbuf data.
- * @param t
- * The type to cast the result into.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
- ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
-
-/**
- * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
- *
- * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
- * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
- * enough to accommodate its data.
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param t
- * The type to cast the result into.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
-
-/**
- * A macro that returns the IO address that points to an offset of the
- * start of the data in the mbuf
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param o
- * The offset into the data to calculate address from.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o) \
- (rte_iova_t)((m)->buf_iova + (m)->data_off + (o))
-
/* deprecated */
#define rte_pktmbuf_mtophys_offset(m, o) \
rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o)
-/**
- * A macro that returns the IO address that points to the start of the
- * data in the mbuf
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_iova(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, 0)
-
/* deprecated */
#define rte_pktmbuf_mtophys(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova(m)
diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f52272e55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ * Copyright(c) 2010-2014 Intel Corporation.
+ * Copyright 2014 6WIND S.A.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_
+#define _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * This file contains definion of RTE mbuf structure itself,
+ * packet offload flags and some related macros.
+ * For majority of DPDK entities, it is not recommended to include
+ * this file directly, use include <rte_mbuf.h> instead.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <rte_compat.h>
+#include <rte_common.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
+ * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
+ *
+ * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
+ * flags.
+ * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
+ * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
+ * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
+ * downwards, not upwards.
+ *
+ * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
+ * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet, and the tci has been
+ * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci.
+ * If the flag PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is also present, the VLAN
+ * header has been stripped from mbuf data, else it is still
+ * present.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_VLAN (1ULL << 0)
+
+/** RX packet with RSS hash result. */
+#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1)
+
+ /** RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
+#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2)
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated.
+ * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
+ * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
+ * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
+ * wrong by the hardware.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated.
+ * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
+ * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
+ * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
+ * wrong by the hardware.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
+
+ /** External IP header checksum error. */
+#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5)
+
+/**
+ * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
+ * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
+ * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
+ * When PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set, PKT_RX_VLAN must also be set.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
+
+/**
+ * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
+ * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
+ * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
+ * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
+ * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
+ * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
+
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
+
+/**
+ * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
+ * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
+ * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
+ * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
+ * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
+ * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
+
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
+
+/** RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
+#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9)
+
+/** RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
+#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10)
+
+/** FD id reported if FDIR match. */
+#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13)
+
+/** Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
+#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14)
+
+/**
+ * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
+ * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
+ * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
+ * configuration of the PMD.
+ * When PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set, the flags (PKT_RX_VLAN |
+ * PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED | PKT_RX_QINQ) must also be set.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
+
+/**
+ * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
+ * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
+ * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that security offload processing was applied on the RX packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 18)
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that security offload processing failed on the RX packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD_FAILED (1ULL << 19)
+
+/**
+ * The RX packet is a double VLAN, and the outer tci has been
+ * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci_outer. If PKT_RX_QINQ set, PKT_RX_VLAN
+ * also should be set and inner tci should be saved to mbuf->vlan_tci.
+ * If the flag PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is also present, both VLANs
+ * headers have been stripped from mbuf data, else they are still
+ * present.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_QINQ (1ULL << 20)
+
+/**
+ * Mask of bits used to determine the status of outer RX L4 checksum.
+ * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no info about the outer RX L4 checksum
+ * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
+ * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is valid
+ * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID: invalid outer L4 checksum state.
+ *
+ * The detection of PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD shall be based on the given
+ * HW capability, At minimum, the PMD should support
+ * PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN and PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD states
+ * if the DEV_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload is available.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
+
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 21)
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 22)
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
+
+/* add new RX flags here */
+
+/* add new TX flags here */
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that the metadata field in the mbuf is in use.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_METADATA (1ULL << 40)
+
+/**
+ * Outer UDP checksum offload flag. This flag is used for enabling
+ * outer UDP checksum in PMD. To use outer UDP checksum, the user needs to
+ * 1) Enable the following in mbuf,
+ * a) Fill outer_l2_len and outer_l3_len in mbuf.
+ * b) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM flag.
+ * c) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 or PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 flag.
+ * 2) Configure DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload flag.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM (1ULL << 41)
+
+/**
+ * UDP Fragmentation Offload flag. This flag is used for enabling UDP
+ * fragmentation in SW or in HW. When use UFO, mbuf->tso_segsz is used
+ * to store the MSS of UDP fragments.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_UDP_SEG (1ULL << 42)
+
+/**
+ * Request security offload processing on the TX packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 43)
+
+/**
+ * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
+ * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
+
+/**
+ * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
+ * The tunnel type must be specified for TSO or checksum on the inner part
+ * of tunnel packets.
+ * These flags can be used with PKT_TX_TCP_SEG for TSO, or PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
+ * The mbuf fields for inner and outer header lengths are required:
+ * outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len, l2_len, l3_len, l4_len and tso_segsz for TSO.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
+/** TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN_GPE (0x6ULL << 45)
+/**
+ * Generic IP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
+ * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
+ * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE
+ * or PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP if possible.
+ * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO.
+ * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
+ * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
+ * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
+ * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IP (0xDULL << 45)
+/**
+ * Generic UDP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
+ * UDP tunnel type implies outer IP layer.
+ * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
+ * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN
+ * if possible.
+ * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO.
+ * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
+ * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
+ * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
+ * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_UDP (0xEULL << 45)
+/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
+
+/**
+ * Double VLAN insertion (QinQ) request to driver, driver may offload the
+ * insertion based on device capability.
+ * mbuf 'vlan_tci' & 'vlan_tci_outer' must be valid when this flag is set.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_QINQ (1ULL << 49)
+/* this old name is deprecated */
+#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT PKT_TX_QINQ
+
+/**
+ * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
+ * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
+ * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
+ * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
+ * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
+ * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag
+ * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
+
+/** TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
+#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51)
+
+/**
+ * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
+ * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
+ * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
+ * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
+ * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
+ * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52) /**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
+
+/** TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
+#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52)
+
+/** SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
+#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52)
+
+/** UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
+#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52)
+
+/** Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
+#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52)
+
+/**
+ * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
+ * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
+ * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
+ * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
+
+/**
+ * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
+ * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
+ * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
+ * the inner headers.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
+
+/**
+ * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
+ * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
+ * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
+ * the inner headers.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
+
+/**
+ * VLAN tag insertion request to driver, driver may offload the insertion
+ * based on the device capability.
+ * mbuf 'vlan_tci' field must be valid when this flag is set.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_VLAN (1ULL << 57)
+/* this old name is deprecated */
+#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT PKT_TX_VLAN
+
+/**
+ * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
+ * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, although
+ * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM.
+ * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
+
+/**
+ * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
+ * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
+ * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
+
+/**
+ * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
+ * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
+ * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
+
+/**
+ * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
+ * which can be set for packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
+ PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 | \
+ PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 | \
+ PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
+ PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
+ PKT_TX_IPV6 | \
+ PKT_TX_IPV4 | \
+ PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
+ PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
+ PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
+ PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
+ PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
+ PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
+ PKT_TX_MACSEC | \
+ PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD | \
+ PKT_TX_UDP_SEG | \
+ PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM | \
+ PKT_TX_METADATA)
+
+/**
+ * Mbuf having an external buffer attached. shinfo in mbuf must be filled.
+ */
+#define EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 61)
+
+#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
+
+/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
+#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
+
+/**
+ * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
+ * splitting it into multiple segments.
+ * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
+ * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
+ */
+#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
+#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
+ (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
+
+/*
+ * define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
+ * mbuf.
+ */
+__extension__
+typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
+__extension__
+typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
+
+ /** marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes with a single assignment */
+__extension__
+typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0];
+
+struct rte_mbuf_sched {
+ uint32_t queue_id; /**< Queue ID. */
+ uint8_t traffic_class;
+ /**< Traffic class ID. Traffic class 0
+ * is the highest priority traffic class.
+ */
+ uint8_t color;
+ /**< Color. @see enum rte_color.*/
+ uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved. */
+}; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
+
+/**
+ * enum for the tx_offload bit-fields lengths and offsets.
+ * defines the layout of rte_mbuf tx_offload field.
+ */
+enum {
+ RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS = 7,
+ RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS = 9,
+ RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS = 8,
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS = 16,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS = 9,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS = 7,
+ RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS = sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT -
+ RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
+#if RTE_BYTE_ORDER == RTE_BIG_ENDIAN
+ RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS =
+ sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS,
+#else
+ RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS = 0,
+ RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
+ */
+struct rte_mbuf {
+ MARKER cacheline0;
+
+ void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
+ /**
+ * Physical address of segment buffer.
+ * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
+ * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
+ * working on vector drivers easier.
+ */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ rte_iova_t buf_iova;
+ rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
+ } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
+
+ /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
+ MARKER64 rearm_data;
+ uint16_t data_off;
+
+ /**
+ * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
+ * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
+ * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
+ * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
+ * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
+ * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
+ * config option.
+ */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
+ /** Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
+ uint16_t refcnt;
+ };
+ uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
+
+ /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports).
+ * The event eth Tx adapter uses this field to specify the output port.
+ */
+ uint16_t port;
+
+ uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
+
+ /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
+ MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
+
+ /*
+ * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
+ * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
+ * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
+ * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
+ * vlan is stripped from the data.
+ */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
+ struct {
+ uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
+ uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
+ uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
+ uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ uint8_t inner_esp_next_proto;
+ /**< ESP next protocol type, valid if
+ * RTE_PTYPE_TUNNEL_ESP tunnel type is set
+ * on both Tx and Rx.
+ */
+ __extension__
+ struct {
+ uint8_t inner_l2_type:4;
+ /**< Inner L2 type. */
+ uint8_t inner_l3_type:4;
+ /**< Inner L3 type. */
+ };
+ };
+ uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
+ };
+ };
+
+ uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
+ uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
+ /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN is set. */
+ uint16_t vlan_tci;
+
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ union {
+ uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
+ struct {
+ union {
+ struct {
+ uint16_t hash;
+ uint16_t id;
+ };
+ uint32_t lo;
+ /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
+ };
+ uint32_t hi;
+ /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent
+ * on PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
+ */
+ } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
+ struct rte_mbuf_sched sched;
+ /**< Hierarchical scheduler : 8 bytes */
+ struct {
+ uint32_t reserved1;
+ uint16_t reserved2;
+ uint16_t txq;
+ /**< The event eth Tx adapter uses this field
+ * to store Tx queue id.
+ * @see rte_event_eth_tx_adapter_txq_set()
+ */
+ } txadapter; /**< Eventdev ethdev Tx adapter */
+ /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
+ uint32_t usr;
+ } hash; /**< hash information */
+ struct {
+ /**
+ * Application specific metadata value
+ * for egress flow rule match.
+ * Valid if PKT_TX_METADATA is set.
+ * Located here to allow conjunct use
+ * with hash.sched.hi.
+ */
+ uint32_t tx_metadata;
+ uint32_t reserved;
+ };
+ };
+
+ /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ is set. */
+ uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
+
+ uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
+
+ /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
+ * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
+ * Some devices allow to query rte_eth_read_clock that will return the
+ * current device timestamp.
+ */
+ uint64_t timestamp;
+
+ /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
+ MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
+
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
+ uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
+ };
+
+ struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
+ struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
+
+ /* fields to support TX offloads */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
+ __extension__
+ struct {
+ uint64_t l2_len:RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
+ * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
+ */
+ uint64_t l3_len:RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
+ uint64_t l4_len:RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
+ uint64_t tso_segsz:RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS;
+ /**< TCP TSO segment size */
+
+ /*
+ * Fields for Tx offloading of tunnels.
+ * These are undefined for packets which don't request
+ * any tunnel offloads (outer IP or UDP checksum,
+ * tunnel TSO).
+ *
+ * PMDs should not use these fields unconditionally
+ * when calculating offsets.
+ *
+ * Applications are expected to set appropriate tunnel
+ * offload flags when they fill in these fields.
+ */
+ uint64_t outer_l3_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
+ uint64_t outer_l2_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
+
+ /* uint64_t unused:RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS; */
+ };
+ };
+
+ /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
+ * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size.
+ */
+ uint16_t priv_size;
+
+ /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
+ uint16_t timesync;
+
+ /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
+ uint32_t seqn;
+
+ /** Shared data for external buffer attached to mbuf. See
+ * rte_pktmbuf_attach_extbuf().
+ */
+ struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info *shinfo;
+
+} __rte_cache_aligned;
+
+/**
+ * Function typedef of callback to free externally attached buffer.
+ */
+typedef void (*rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t)(void *addr, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Shared data at the end of an external buffer.
+ */
+struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info {
+ rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t free_cb; /**< Free callback function */
+ void *fcb_opaque; /**< Free callback argument */
+ rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
+};
+
+/**< Maximum number of nb_segs allowed. */
+#define RTE_MBUF_MAX_NB_SEGS UINT16_MAX
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
+ * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
+ */
+#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if given mbuf has an external buffer, or FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * External buffer is a user-provided anonymous buffer.
+ */
+#define RTE_MBUF_HAS_EXTBUF(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
+ * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
+ */
+#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) \
+ (!((mb)->ol_flags & (IND_ATTACHED_MBUF | EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)))
+
+#define MBUF_INVALID_PORT UINT16_MAX
+
+/**
+ * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
+ *
+ * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
+ * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
+ * enough to accommodate its data.
+ *
+ * @param m
+ * The packet mbuf.
+ * @param o
+ * The offset into the mbuf data.
+ * @param t
+ * The type to cast the result into.
+ */
+#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
+ ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
+
+/**
+ * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
+ *
+ * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
+ * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
+ * enough to accommodate its data.
+ *
+ * @param m
+ * The packet mbuf.
+ * @param t
+ * The type to cast the result into.
+ */
+#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
+
+/**
+ * A macro that returns the IO address that points to an offset of the
+ * start of the data in the mbuf
+ *
+ * @param m
+ * The packet mbuf.
+ * @param o
+ * The offset into the data to calculate address from.
+ */
+#define rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o) \
+ (rte_iova_t)((m)->buf_iova + (m)->data_off + (o))
+
+/**
+ * A macro that returns the IO address that points to the start of the
+ * data in the mbuf
+ *
+ * @param m
+ * The packet mbuf.
+ */
+#define rte_pktmbuf_iova(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, 0)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_ */
--
2.17.1
^ permalink raw reply related [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition
2019-08-16 12:53 [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-08-16 12:53 ` Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 18:44 ` Michel Machado
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
3 siblings, 1 reply; 17+ messages in thread
From: Konstantin Ananyev @ 2019-08-16 12:53 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese,
Konstantin Ananyev
Get rid of duplicate definitions for rte_mbuf and related macros.
Include rte_mbuf_core.h instead.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
---
examples/bpf/mbuf.h | 605 --------------------------------------------
examples/bpf/t2.c | 5 +-
examples/bpf/t3.c | 3 +-
3 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 608 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 examples/bpf/mbuf.h
diff --git a/examples/bpf/mbuf.h b/examples/bpf/mbuf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e41c3d26e..000000000
--- a/examples/bpf/mbuf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,605 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- * Copyright(c) 2010-2014 Intel Corporation.
- * Copyright 2014 6WIND S.A.
- */
-
-/*
- * Snipper from dpdk.org rte_mbuf.h.
- * used to provide BPF programs information about rte_mbuf layout.
- */
-
-#ifndef _MBUF_H_
-#define _MBUF_H_
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <rte_common.h>
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
- * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
- *
- * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
- * flags.
- * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
- * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
- * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
- * downwards, not upwards.
- *
- * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
- * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
- */
-
-/**
- * RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet. This flag was set by PMDs when
- * the packet is recognized as a VLAN, but the behavior between PMDs
- * was not the same. This flag is kept for some time to avoid breaking
- * applications and should be replaced by PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT (1ULL << 0)
-
-#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1)
-/**< RX packet with RSS hash result. */
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2)
-/**< RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
- * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
- * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
- * wrong by the hardware.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
- * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
- * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
- * wrong by the hardware.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
-
-#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5)
-/**< External IP header checksum error. */
-
-/**
- * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
- * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
- * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
- * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
-
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
- * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
-
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
-
-#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9)
-/**< RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
-#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10)
-/**< RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13)
-/**< FD id reported if FDIR match. */
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14)
-/**< Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
-
-/**
- * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
- * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
- * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
- * configuration of the PMD. If this flag is set, PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED
- * must also be set.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * RX packet with double VLAN stripped.
- * This flag is replaced by PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_QINQ_PKT PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED
-
-/**
- * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
- * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
- * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
-
-/**
- * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
-
-/* add new RX flags here */
-
-/* add new TX flags here */
-
-/**
- * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
- * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
-
-/**
- * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
- * When doing Tx offload like TSO or checksum, the HW needs to configure the
- * tunnel type into the HW descriptors.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
-/**< TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
-/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
-
-/**
- * Second VLAN insertion (QinQ) flag.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT (1ULL << 49)
-/**< TX packet with double VLAN inserted. */
-
-/**
- * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
- * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
- * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
- * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
- * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
- * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag and write the IP checksum
- * to 0 in the packet
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
- * - calculate the pseudo header checksum without taking ip_len in account,
- * and set it in the TCP header. Refer to rte_ipv4_phdr_cksum() and
- * rte_ipv6_phdr_cksum() that can be used as helpers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
-
-#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51)
-/**< TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
-
-/**
- * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
- * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
- * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
- * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
- * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
- * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
- * - calculate the pseudo header checksum and set it in the L4 header (only
- * for TCP or UDP). See rte_ipv4_phdr_cksum() and rte_ipv6_phdr_cksum().
- * For SCTP, set the crc field to 0.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52)
-/**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
-#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52)
-/**< TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52)
-/**< SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52)
-/**< UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52)
-/**< Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
-
-/**
- * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
- * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
- * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
- * - set the IP checksum field in the packet to 0
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
-
-/**
- * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
- * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
- * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
- * the inner headers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
-
-/**
- * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
- * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
- * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
- * the inner headers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
-
-#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT (1ULL << 57)
-/**< TX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet. */
-
-/**
- * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
- * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, alto ugh
- * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM. The IP checksum field in the
- * packet must be set to 0.
- * - set the outer IP checksum field in the packet to 0
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
-
-/**
- * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
- * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
- * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
-
-/**
- * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
- * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
- * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
-
-/**
- * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
- * which can be set for packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
- PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
- PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
- PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
- PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
- PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
- PKT_TX_MACSEC)
-
-#define __RESERVED (1ULL << 61) /**< reserved for future mbuf use */
-
-#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
-
-/* Use final bit of flags to indicate a control mbuf */
-#define CTRL_MBUF_FLAG (1ULL << 63) /**< Mbuf contains control data */
-
-/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
-#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
-
-/**
- * Get the name of a RX offload flag
- *
- * @param mask
- * The mask describing the flag.
- * @return
- * The name of this flag, or NULL if it's not a valid RX flag.
- */
-const char *rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
-
-/**
- * Dump the list of RX offload flags in a buffer
- *
- * @param mask
- * The mask describing the RX flags.
- * @param buf
- * The output buffer.
- * @param buflen
- * The length of the buffer.
- * @return
- * 0 on success, (-1) on error.
- */
-int rte_get_rx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
-
-/**
- * Get the name of a TX offload flag
- *
- * @param mask
- * The mask describing the flag. Usually only one bit must be set.
- * Several bits can be given if they belong to the same mask.
- * Ex: PKT_TX_L4_MASK.
- * @return
- * The name of this flag, or NULL if it's not a valid TX flag.
- */
-const char *rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
-
-/**
- * Dump the list of TX offload flags in a buffer
- *
- * @param mask
- * The mask describing the TX flags.
- * @param buf
- * The output buffer.
- * @param buflen
- * The length of the buffer.
- * @return
- * 0 on success, (-1) on error.
- */
-int rte_get_tx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
-
-/**
- * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
- * splitting it into multiple segments.
- * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
- * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
-#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
- (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
-
-/* define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
- * mbuf.
- */
-__extension__
-typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
-__extension__
-typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
-__extension__
-typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0];
-/**< marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes with a single assignment */
-
-typedef struct {
- volatile int16_t cnt; /**< An internal counter value. */
-} rte_atomic16_t;
-
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
-
-/**
- * Force minimum cache line alignment.
- */
-#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
-
-/**
- * IO virtual address type.
- * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
- * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
- * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
- * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
- */
-typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
-#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
-
-/**
- * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
- */
-struct rte_mbuf {
- MARKER cacheline0;
-
- void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
- /**
- * Physical address of segment buffer.
- * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
- * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
- * working on vector drivers easier.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- rte_iova_t buf_iova;
- rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
- } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
-
- /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
- MARKER64 rearm_data;
- uint16_t data_off;
-
- /**
- * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
- * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
- * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
- * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
- * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
- * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
- * config option.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
- uint16_t refcnt;
- /**< Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
- };
- uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
-
- /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports). */
- uint16_t port;
-
- uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
-
- /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
- MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
-
- /*
- * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
- * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
- * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
- * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
- * vlan is stripped from the data.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
- struct {
- uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
- uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
- uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
- uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
- uint32_t inner_l2_type:4; /**< Inner L2 type. */
- uint32_t inner_l3_type:4; /**< Inner L3 type. */
- uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
- };
- };
-
- uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
- uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
- /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set. */
- uint16_t vlan_tci;
-
- union {
- uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
- struct {
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- struct {
- uint16_t hash;
- uint16_t id;
- };
- uint32_t lo;
- /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
- };
- uint32_t hi;
- /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent on
- * PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
- */
- } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
- struct {
- uint32_t lo;
- uint32_t hi;
- } sched; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
- uint32_t usr;
- /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
- } hash; /**< hash information */
-
- /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set. */
- uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
-
- uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
-
- /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
- * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
- */
- uint64_t timestamp;
-
- /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
- MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
-
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
- uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
- };
-
- struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
- struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
-
- /* fields to support TX offloads */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
- __extension__
- struct {
- uint64_t l2_len:7;
- /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
- * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
- */
- uint64_t l3_len:9; /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
- uint64_t l4_len:8; /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
- uint64_t tso_segsz:16; /**< TCP TSO segment size */
-
- /* fields for TX offloading of tunnels */
- uint64_t outer_l3_len:9;
- /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
- uint64_t outer_l2_len:7;
- /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
-
- /* uint64_t unused:8; */
- };
- };
-
- /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
- * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size.
- */
- uint16_t priv_size;
-
- /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
- uint16_t timesync;
-
- /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
- uint32_t seqn;
-
-} __rte_cache_aligned;
-
-
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
- * otherwise.
- *
- * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
- * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
-
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
- * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) (!RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb))
-
-/**
- * Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.
- *
- * A structure that contains some pktmbuf_pool-specific data that are
- * appended after the mempool structure (in private data).
- */
-struct rte_pktmbuf_pool_private {
- uint16_t mbuf_data_room_size; /**< Size of data space in each mbuf. */
- uint16_t mbuf_priv_size; /**< Size of private area in each mbuf. */
-};
-
-/**
- * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
- *
- * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
- * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
- * enough to accommodate its data.
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param o
- * The offset into the mbuf data.
- * @param t
- * The type to cast the result into.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
- ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
-
-/**
- * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
- *
- * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
- * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
- * enough to accommodate its data.
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param t
- * The type to cast the result into.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _MBUF_H_ */
diff --git a/examples/bpf/t2.c b/examples/bpf/t2.c
index 69d7a4fe1..3eee65450 100644
--- a/examples/bpf/t2.c
+++ b/examples/bpf/t2.c
@@ -16,7 +16,8 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <rte_config.h>
-#include "mbuf.h"
+#include <generic/rte_atomic.h>
+#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
uint64_t
entry(void *pkt)
@@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ entry(void *pkt)
mb = pkt;
mb->vlan_tci = 0;
- mb->ol_flags &= ~(PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT | PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED);
+ mb->ol_flags &= ~(PKT_RX_VLAN | PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED);
return 1;
}
diff --git a/examples/bpf/t3.c b/examples/bpf/t3.c
index 9ba34638a..58e0db1c2 100644
--- a/examples/bpf/t3.c
+++ b/examples/bpf/t3.c
@@ -22,7 +22,8 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <net/ethernet.h>
#include <rte_config.h>
-#include "mbuf.h"
+#include <generic/rte_atomic.h>
+#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
#include <arpa/inet.h>
extern void rte_pktmbuf_dump(FILE *, const struct rte_mbuf *, unsigned int);
--
2.17.1
^ permalink raw reply related [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-08-16 18:44 ` Michel Machado
0 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Michel Machado @ 2019-08-16 18:44 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev, dev; +Cc: olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
Since rte_mbuf_core.h requires generic/rte_atomic.h, shouldn't
rte_mbuf_core.h include generic/rte_atomic.h instead of forcing users of
rte_mbuf_core.h be aware of this dependency?
[ ]'s
Michel Machado
On 8/16/19 8:53 AM, Konstantin Ananyev wrote:
> Get rid of duplicate definitions for rte_mbuf and related macros.
> Include rte_mbuf_core.h instead.
>
> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
> ---
> examples/bpf/mbuf.h | 605 --------------------------------------------
> examples/bpf/t2.c | 5 +-
> examples/bpf/t3.c | 3 +-
> 3 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 608 deletions(-)
> delete mode 100644 examples/bpf/mbuf.h
>
> diff --git a/examples/bpf/mbuf.h b/examples/bpf/mbuf.h
> deleted file mode 100644
> index e41c3d26e..000000000
> --- a/examples/bpf/mbuf.h
> +++ /dev/null
> @@ -1,605 +0,0 @@
> -/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
> - * Copyright(c) 2010-2014 Intel Corporation.
> - * Copyright 2014 6WIND S.A.
> - */
> -
> -/*
> - * Snipper from dpdk.org rte_mbuf.h.
> - * used to provide BPF programs information about rte_mbuf layout.
> - */
> -
> -#ifndef _MBUF_H_
> -#define _MBUF_H_
> -
> -#include <stdint.h>
> -#include <rte_common.h>
> -
> -#ifdef __cplusplus
> -extern "C" {
> -#endif
> -
> -/*
> - * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
> - * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
> - *
> - * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
> - * flags.
> - * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
> - * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
> - * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
> - * downwards, not upwards.
> - *
> - * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
> - * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
> - */
> -
> -/**
> - * RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet. This flag was set by PMDs when
> - * the packet is recognized as a VLAN, but the behavior between PMDs
> - * was not the same. This flag is kept for some time to avoid breaking
> - * applications and should be replaced by PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT (1ULL << 0)
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1)
> -/**< RX packet with RSS hash result. */
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2)
> -/**< RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> - * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
> - * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
> - * wrong by the hardware.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> - * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
> - * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
> - * wrong by the hardware.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5)
> -/**< External IP header checksum error. */
> -
> -/**
> - * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
> - * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
> - * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
> - * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
> - * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9)
> -/**< RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
> -#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10)
> -/**< RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13)
> -/**< FD id reported if FDIR match. */
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14)
> -/**< Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
> -
> -/**
> - * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
> - * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
> - * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
> - * configuration of the PMD. If this flag is set, PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED
> - * must also be set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * RX packet with double VLAN stripped.
> - * This flag is replaced by PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_QINQ_PKT PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED
> -
> -/**
> - * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
> - * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
> - * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
> -
> -/* add new RX flags here */
> -
> -/* add new TX flags here */
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
> - * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
> -
> -/**
> - * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
> - * When doing Tx offload like TSO or checksum, the HW needs to configure the
> - * tunnel type into the HW descriptors.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
> -/**< TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
> -/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
> -
> -/**
> - * Second VLAN insertion (QinQ) flag.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT (1ULL << 49)
> -/**< TX packet with double VLAN inserted. */
> -
> -/**
> - * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
> - * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
> - * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
> - * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
> - * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> - * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag and write the IP checksum
> - * to 0 in the packet
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
> - * - calculate the pseudo header checksum without taking ip_len in account,
> - * and set it in the TCP header. Refer to rte_ipv4_phdr_cksum() and
> - * rte_ipv6_phdr_cksum() that can be used as helpers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
> -
> -#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51)
> -/**< TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
> - * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
> - * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
> - * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
> - * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
> - * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> - * - calculate the pseudo header checksum and set it in the L4 header (only
> - * for TCP or UDP). See rte_ipv4_phdr_cksum() and rte_ipv6_phdr_cksum().
> - * For SCTP, set the crc field to 0.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52)
> -/**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
> -#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52)
> -/**< TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52)
> -/**< SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52)
> -/**< UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52)
> -/**< Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
> - * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
> - * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
> - * - set the IP checksum field in the packet to 0
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
> - * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
> - * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> - * the inner headers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
> - * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
> - * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> - * the inner headers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
> -
> -#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT (1ULL << 57)
> -/**< TX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
> - * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, alto ugh
> - * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM. The IP checksum field in the
> - * packet must be set to 0.
> - * - set the outer IP checksum field in the packet to 0
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
> - * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
> - * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
> - * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
> - * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
> -
> -/**
> - * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
> - * which can be set for packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
> - PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
> - PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
> - PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
> - PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
> - PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
> - PKT_TX_MACSEC)
> -
> -#define __RESERVED (1ULL << 61) /**< reserved for future mbuf use */
> -
> -#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
> -
> -/* Use final bit of flags to indicate a control mbuf */
> -#define CTRL_MBUF_FLAG (1ULL << 63) /**< Mbuf contains control data */
> -
> -/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
> -
> -/**
> - * Get the name of a RX offload flag
> - *
> - * @param mask
> - * The mask describing the flag.
> - * @return
> - * The name of this flag, or NULL if it's not a valid RX flag.
> - */
> -const char *rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
> -
> -/**
> - * Dump the list of RX offload flags in a buffer
> - *
> - * @param mask
> - * The mask describing the RX flags.
> - * @param buf
> - * The output buffer.
> - * @param buflen
> - * The length of the buffer.
> - * @return
> - * 0 on success, (-1) on error.
> - */
> -int rte_get_rx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
> -
> -/**
> - * Get the name of a TX offload flag
> - *
> - * @param mask
> - * The mask describing the flag. Usually only one bit must be set.
> - * Several bits can be given if they belong to the same mask.
> - * Ex: PKT_TX_L4_MASK.
> - * @return
> - * The name of this flag, or NULL if it's not a valid TX flag.
> - */
> -const char *rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
> -
> -/**
> - * Dump the list of TX offload flags in a buffer
> - *
> - * @param mask
> - * The mask describing the TX flags.
> - * @param buf
> - * The output buffer.
> - * @param buflen
> - * The length of the buffer.
> - * @return
> - * 0 on success, (-1) on error.
> - */
> -int rte_get_tx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
> -
> -/**
> - * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
> - * splitting it into multiple segments.
> - * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
> - * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
> - (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
> -
> -/* define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
> - * mbuf.
> - */
> -__extension__
> -typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
> -__extension__
> -typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
> -__extension__
> -typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0];
> -/**< marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes with a single assignment */
> -
> -typedef struct {
> - volatile int16_t cnt; /**< An internal counter value. */
> -} rte_atomic16_t;
> -
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Force minimum cache line alignment.
> - */
> -#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
> -
> -/**
> - * IO virtual address type.
> - * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
> - * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
> - * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
> - * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
> - */
> -typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
> -#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
> -
> -/**
> - * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
> - */
> -struct rte_mbuf {
> - MARKER cacheline0;
> -
> - void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
> - /**
> - * Physical address of segment buffer.
> - * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
> - * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
> - * working on vector drivers easier.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - rte_iova_t buf_iova;
> - rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
> - } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
> -
> - /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
> - MARKER64 rearm_data;
> - uint16_t data_off;
> -
> - /**
> - * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
> - * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
> - * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
> - * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
> - * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
> - * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
> - * config option.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> - uint16_t refcnt;
> - /**< Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
> - };
> - uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
> -
> - /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports). */
> - uint16_t port;
> -
> - uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
> -
> - /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
> - MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
> -
> - /*
> - * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
> - * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
> - * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
> - * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
> - * vlan is stripped from the data.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
> - struct {
> - uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
> - uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
> - uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
> - uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
> - uint32_t inner_l2_type:4; /**< Inner L2 type. */
> - uint32_t inner_l3_type:4; /**< Inner L3 type. */
> - uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
> - };
> - };
> -
> - uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
> - uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
> - /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set. */
> - uint16_t vlan_tci;
> -
> - union {
> - uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
> - struct {
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - struct {
> - uint16_t hash;
> - uint16_t id;
> - };
> - uint32_t lo;
> - /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
> - };
> - uint32_t hi;
> - /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent on
> - * PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
> - */
> - } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
> - struct {
> - uint32_t lo;
> - uint32_t hi;
> - } sched; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
> - uint32_t usr;
> - /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
> - } hash; /**< hash information */
> -
> - /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set. */
> - uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
> -
> - uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
> -
> - /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
> - * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
> - */
> - uint64_t timestamp;
> -
> - /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
> - MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
> -
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
> - uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
> - };
> -
> - struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
> - struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
> -
> - /* fields to support TX offloads */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
> - __extension__
> - struct {
> - uint64_t l2_len:7;
> - /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
> - * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
> - */
> - uint64_t l3_len:9; /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
> - uint64_t l4_len:8; /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
> - uint64_t tso_segsz:16; /**< TCP TSO segment size */
> -
> - /* fields for TX offloading of tunnels */
> - uint64_t outer_l3_len:9;
> - /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
> - uint64_t outer_l2_len:7;
> - /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
> -
> - /* uint64_t unused:8; */
> - };
> - };
> -
> - /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
> - * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size.
> - */
> - uint16_t priv_size;
> -
> - /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
> - uint16_t timesync;
> -
> - /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
> - uint32_t seqn;
> -
> -} __rte_cache_aligned;
> -
> -
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
> - * otherwise.
> - *
> - * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
> - * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> -
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
> - *
> - * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
> - * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) (!RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb))
> -
> -/**
> - * Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.
> - *
> - * A structure that contains some pktmbuf_pool-specific data that are
> - * appended after the mempool structure (in private data).
> - */
> -struct rte_pktmbuf_pool_private {
> - uint16_t mbuf_data_room_size; /**< Size of data space in each mbuf. */
> - uint16_t mbuf_priv_size; /**< Size of private area in each mbuf. */
> -};
> -
> -/**
> - * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
> - *
> - * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> - * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> - * enough to accommodate its data.
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param o
> - * The offset into the mbuf data.
> - * @param t
> - * The type to cast the result into.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
> - ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
> -
> -/**
> - * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
> - *
> - * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> - * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> - * enough to accommodate its data.
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param t
> - * The type to cast the result into.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
> -
> -#ifdef __cplusplus
> -}
> -#endif
> -
> -#endif /* _MBUF_H_ */
> diff --git a/examples/bpf/t2.c b/examples/bpf/t2.c
> index 69d7a4fe1..3eee65450 100644
> --- a/examples/bpf/t2.c
> +++ b/examples/bpf/t2.c
> @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@
> #include <stdint.h>
> #include <stddef.h>
> #include <rte_config.h>
> -#include "mbuf.h"
> +#include <generic/rte_atomic.h>
> +#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
>
> uint64_t
> entry(void *pkt)
> @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ entry(void *pkt)
>
> mb = pkt;
> mb->vlan_tci = 0;
> - mb->ol_flags &= ~(PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT | PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED);
> + mb->ol_flags &= ~(PKT_RX_VLAN | PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED);
>
> return 1;
> }
> diff --git a/examples/bpf/t3.c b/examples/bpf/t3.c
> index 9ba34638a..58e0db1c2 100644
> --- a/examples/bpf/t3.c
> +++ b/examples/bpf/t3.c
> @@ -22,7 +22,8 @@
> #include <stdio.h>
> #include <net/ethernet.h>
> #include <rte_config.h>
> -#include "mbuf.h"
> +#include <generic/rte_atomic.h>
> +#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
> #include <arpa/inet.h>
>
> extern void rte_pktmbuf_dump(FILE *, const struct rte_mbuf *, unsigned int);
>
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-08-16 18:50 ` Michel Machado
0 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Michel Machado @ 2019-08-16 18:50 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev, dev; +Cc: olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
Acked-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
[ ]'s
Michel Machado
On 8/16/19 8:53 AM, Konstantin Ananyev wrote:
> Right now RTE_CACHE_ and IOVA definitions are located inside rte_memory.h
> That might cause an unwanted inclusions of arch/os specific header files.
> See [1] for particular problem example.
> Probably the simplest way to deal with such problems -
> move these definitions into rte_commmon.h
>
> Note that this move doesn't introduce any change in functionality.
>
> [1] https://bugs.dpdk.org/show_bug.cgi?id=321
>
> Suggested-by: Vipin Varghese <vipin.varghese@intel.com>
> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
> ---
> lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h | 44 ++++++++++++++++++++++
> lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h | 38 -------------------
> 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-)
>
> diff --git a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
> index 05a3a6401..c275093d7 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
> +++ b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
> @@ -291,6 +291,50 @@ rte_is_aligned(void *ptr, unsigned align)
> */
> #define RTE_BUILD_BUG_ON(condition) ((void)sizeof(char[1 - 2*!!(condition)]))
>
> +/*********** RTE_CACHE related macros ********/
> +
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MASK (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE-1) /**< Cache line mask. */
> +
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size) \
> + (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE * ((size + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE - 1) / \
> + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE))
> +/**< Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size. */
> +
> +/**< Cache line size in terms of log2 */
> +#if RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 64
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 6
> +#elif RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 128
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 7
> +#else
> +#error "Unsupported cache line size"
> +#endif
> +
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
> +
> +/**
> + * Force alignment to cache line.
> + */
> +#define __rte_cache_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
> +
> +/**
> + * Force minimum cache line alignment.
> + */
> +#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
> +
> +/*********** PA/IOVA type definitions ********/
> +
> +typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t; /**< Physical address. */
> +#define RTE_BAD_PHYS_ADDR ((phys_addr_t)-1)
> +/**
> + * IO virtual address type.
> + * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
> + * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
> + * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
> + * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
> + */
> +typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
> +#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
> +
> /**
> * Combines 32b inputs most significant set bits into the least
> * significant bits to construct a value with the same MSBs as x
> diff --git a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
> index 4717dcb43..38e00e382 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
> +++ b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
> @@ -39,44 +39,6 @@ enum rte_page_sizes {
> };
>
> #define SOCKET_ID_ANY -1 /**< Any NUMA socket. */
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MASK (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE-1) /**< Cache line mask. */
> -
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size) \
> - (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE * ((size + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE - 1) / RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE))
> -/**< Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size. */
> -
> -/**< Cache line size in terms of log2 */
> -#if RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 64
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 6
> -#elif RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 128
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 7
> -#else
> -#error "Unsupported cache line size"
> -#endif
> -
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Force alignment to cache line.
> - */
> -#define __rte_cache_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
> -
> -/**
> - * Force minimum cache line alignment.
> - */
> -#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
> -
> -typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t; /**< Physical address. */
> -#define RTE_BAD_PHYS_ADDR ((phys_addr_t)-1)
> -/**
> - * IO virtual address type.
> - * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
> - * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
> - * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
> - * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
> - */
> -typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
> -#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
>
> /**
> * Physical memory segment descriptor.
>
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-08-16 18:51 ` Michel Machado
0 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Michel Machado @ 2019-08-16 18:51 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev, dev; +Cc: olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
Acked-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
[ ]'s
Michel Machado
On 8/16/19 8:53 AM, Konstantin Ananyev wrote:
> Right now inclusion of rte_mbuf.h header can cause inclusion of
> some arch/os specific headers.
> That prevents it to be included directly by some
> non-DPDK (but related) entities: KNI, BPF programs, etc.
> To overcome that problem usually a separate definitions of rte_mbuf
> structure is created within these entities.
> That aproach has a lot of drawbacks: code duplication, error prone, etc.
> This patch moves rte_mbuf structure definition (and some related macros)
> into a separate file that can be included by both rte_mbuf.h and
> other non-DPDK entities.
>
> Note that it doesn't introduce any change for current DPDK code.
>
> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
> ---
> lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile | 5 +-
> lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build | 3 +-
> lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h | 738 +----------------------------
> lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h | 793 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
> 4 files changed, 800 insertions(+), 739 deletions(-)
> create mode 100644 lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
>
> diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile b/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
> index c8f6d2689..f3b76ad23 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
> +++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
> @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ LIBABIVER := 5
> SRCS-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF) := rte_mbuf.c rte_mbuf_ptype.c rte_mbuf_pool_ops.c
>
> # install includes
> -SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include := rte_mbuf.h rte_mbuf_ptype.h rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h
> +SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include := rte_mbuf.h
> +SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_core.h
> +SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_ptype.h
> +SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h
>
> include $(RTE_SDK)/mk/rte.lib.mk
> diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build b/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
> index 6cc11ebb4..36bb6eb9d 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
> +++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
> @@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
>
> version = 5
> sources = files('rte_mbuf.c', 'rte_mbuf_ptype.c', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.c')
> -headers = files('rte_mbuf.h', 'rte_mbuf_ptype.h', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h')
> +headers = files('rte_mbuf.h', 'rte_mbuf_core.h',
> + 'rte_mbuf_ptype.h', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h')
> deps += ['mempool']
>
> allow_experimental_apis = true
> diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
> index 98225ec80..528b2f121 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
> +++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
> @@ -42,367 +42,12 @@
> #include <rte_branch_prediction.h>
> #include <rte_byteorder.h>
> #include <rte_mbuf_ptype.h>
> +#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
>
> #ifdef __cplusplus
> extern "C" {
> #endif
>
> -/*
> - * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
> - * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
> - *
> - * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
> - * flags.
> - * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
> - * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
> - * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
> - * downwards, not upwards.
> - *
> - * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
> - * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
> - */
> -
> -/**
> - * The RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet, and the tci has been
> - * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci.
> - * If the flag PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is also present, the VLAN
> - * header has been stripped from mbuf data, else it is still
> - * present.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_VLAN (1ULL << 0)
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1) /**< RX packet with RSS hash result. */
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2) /**< RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> - * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
> - * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
> - * wrong by the hardware.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> - * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
> - * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
> - * wrong by the hardware.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5) /**< External IP header checksum error. */
> -
> -/**
> - * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
> - * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
> - * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
> - * When PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set, PKT_RX_VLAN must also be set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
> - * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
> - * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9) /**< RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
> -#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10) /**< RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13) /**< FD id reported if FDIR match. */
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14) /**< Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
> -
> -/**
> - * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
> - * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
> - * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
> - * configuration of the PMD.
> - * When PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set, the flags (PKT_RX_VLAN |
> - * PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED | PKT_RX_QINQ) must also be set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
> -
> -/**
> - * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
> - * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
> - * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that security offload processing was applied on the RX packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 18)
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that security offload processing failed on the RX packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD_FAILED (1ULL << 19)
> -
> -/**
> - * The RX packet is a double VLAN, and the outer tci has been
> - * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci_outer. If PKT_RX_QINQ set, PKT_RX_VLAN
> - * also should be set and inner tci should be saved to mbuf->vlan_tci.
> - * If the flag PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is also present, both VLANs
> - * headers have been stripped from mbuf data, else they are still
> - * present.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_QINQ (1ULL << 20)
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of outer RX L4 checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no info about the outer RX L4 checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID: invalid outer L4 checksum state.
> - *
> - * The detection of PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD shall be based on the given
> - * HW capability, At minimum, the PMD should support
> - * PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN and PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD states
> - * if the DEV_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload is available.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 21)
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 22)
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
> -
> -/* add new RX flags here */
> -
> -/* add new TX flags here */
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that the metadata field in the mbuf is in use.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_METADATA (1ULL << 40)
> -
> -/**
> - * Outer UDP checksum offload flag. This flag is used for enabling
> - * outer UDP checksum in PMD. To use outer UDP checksum, the user needs to
> - * 1) Enable the following in mbuf,
> - * a) Fill outer_l2_len and outer_l3_len in mbuf.
> - * b) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM flag.
> - * c) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 or PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 flag.
> - * 2) Configure DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload flag.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM (1ULL << 41)
> -
> -/**
> - * UDP Fragmentation Offload flag. This flag is used for enabling UDP
> - * fragmentation in SW or in HW. When use UFO, mbuf->tso_segsz is used
> - * to store the MSS of UDP fragments.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_UDP_SEG (1ULL << 42)
> -
> -/**
> - * Request security offload processing on the TX packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 43)
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
> - * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
> -
> -/**
> - * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
> - * The tunnel type must be specified for TSO or checksum on the inner part
> - * of tunnel packets.
> - * These flags can be used with PKT_TX_TCP_SEG for TSO, or PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> - * The mbuf fields for inner and outer header lengths are required:
> - * outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len, l2_len, l3_len, l4_len and tso_segsz for TSO.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
> -/** TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN_GPE (0x6ULL << 45)
> -/**
> - * Generic IP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
> - * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
> - * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE
> - * or PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP if possible.
> - * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO.
> - * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
> - * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> - * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
> - * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IP (0xDULL << 45)
> -/**
> - * Generic UDP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
> - * UDP tunnel type implies outer IP layer.
> - * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
> - * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN
> - * if possible.
> - * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO.
> - * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
> - * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> - * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
> - * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_UDP (0xEULL << 45)
> -/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
> -
> -/**
> - * Double VLAN insertion (QinQ) request to driver, driver may offload the
> - * insertion based on device capability.
> - * mbuf 'vlan_tci' & 'vlan_tci_outer' must be valid when this flag is set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_QINQ (1ULL << 49)
> -/* this old name is deprecated */
> -#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT PKT_TX_QINQ
> -
> -/**
> - * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
> - * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
> - * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
> - * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
> - * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> - * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
> -
> -#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51) /**< TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
> - * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
> - * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
> - * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
> - * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
> - * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52) /**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
> -#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52) /**< TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52) /**< SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52) /**< UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52) /**< Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
> - * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
> - * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
> - * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
> - * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> - * the inner headers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
> - * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
> - * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> - * the inner headers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
> -
> -/**
> - * VLAN tag insertion request to driver, driver may offload the insertion
> - * based on the device capability.
> - * mbuf 'vlan_tci' field must be valid when this flag is set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_VLAN (1ULL << 57)
> -/* this old name is deprecated */
> -#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT PKT_TX_VLAN
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
> - * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, although
> - * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM.
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
> - * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
> - * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
> - * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
> - * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
> -
> -/**
> - * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
> - * which can be set for packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 | \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 | \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
> - PKT_TX_IPV6 | \
> - PKT_TX_IPV4 | \
> - PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
> - PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
> - PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
> - PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
> - PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
> - PKT_TX_MACSEC | \
> - PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD | \
> - PKT_TX_UDP_SEG | \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_METADATA)
> -
> -/**
> - * Mbuf having an external buffer attached. shinfo in mbuf must be filled.
> - */
> -#define EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 61)
> -
> -#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
> -
> -/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
> -
> /**
> * Get the name of a RX offload flag
> *
> @@ -453,310 +98,6 @@ const char *rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
> */
> int rte_get_tx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
>
> -/**
> - * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
> - * splitting it into multiple segments.
> - * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
> - * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
> - (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
> -
> -/* define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
> - * mbuf */
> -__extension__
> -typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
> -__extension__
> -typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
> -__extension__
> -typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0]; /**< marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes
> - * with a single assignment */
> -
> -struct rte_mbuf_sched {
> - uint32_t queue_id; /**< Queue ID. */
> - uint8_t traffic_class;
> - /**< Traffic class ID. Traffic class 0
> - * is the highest priority traffic class.
> - */
> - uint8_t color;
> - /**< Color. @see enum rte_color.*/
> - uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved. */
> -}; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
> -
> -/**
> - * enum for the tx_offload bit-fields lengths and offsets.
> - * defines the layout of rte_mbuf tx_offload field.
> - */
> -enum {
> - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS = 7,
> - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS = 9,
> - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS = 8,
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS = 16,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS = 9,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS = 7,
> - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS = sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT -
> - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> -#if RTE_BYTE_ORDER == RTE_BIG_ENDIAN
> - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS =
> - sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS,
> -#else
> - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS = 0,
> - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> -#endif
> -};
> -
> -/**
> - * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
> - */
> -struct rte_mbuf {
> - MARKER cacheline0;
> -
> - void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
> - /**
> - * Physical address of segment buffer.
> - * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
> - * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
> - * working on vector drivers easier.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - rte_iova_t buf_iova;
> - rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
> - } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
> -
> - /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
> - MARKER64 rearm_data;
> - uint16_t data_off;
> -
> - /**
> - * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
> - * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
> - * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
> - * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
> - * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
> - * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
> - * config option.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> - uint16_t refcnt; /**< Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
> - };
> - uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
> -
> - /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports).
> - * The event eth Tx adapter uses this field to specify the output port.
> - */
> - uint16_t port;
> -
> - uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
> -
> - /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
> - MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
> -
> - /*
> - * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
> - * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
> - * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
> - * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
> - * vlan is stripped from the data.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
> - struct {
> - uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
> - uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
> - uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
> - uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint8_t inner_esp_next_proto;
> - /**< ESP next protocol type, valid if
> - * RTE_PTYPE_TUNNEL_ESP tunnel type is set
> - * on both Tx and Rx.
> - */
> - __extension__
> - struct {
> - uint8_t inner_l2_type:4;
> - /**< Inner L2 type. */
> - uint8_t inner_l3_type:4;
> - /**< Inner L3 type. */
> - };
> - };
> - uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
> - };
> - };
> -
> - uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
> - uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
> - /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN is set. */
> - uint16_t vlan_tci;
> -
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - union {
> - uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
> - struct {
> - union {
> - struct {
> - uint16_t hash;
> - uint16_t id;
> - };
> - uint32_t lo;
> - /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
> - };
> - uint32_t hi;
> - /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent
> - * on PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
> - */
> - } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
> - struct rte_mbuf_sched sched;
> - /**< Hierarchical scheduler : 8 bytes */
> - struct {
> - uint32_t reserved1;
> - uint16_t reserved2;
> - uint16_t txq;
> - /**< The event eth Tx adapter uses this field
> - * to store Tx queue id.
> - * @see rte_event_eth_tx_adapter_txq_set()
> - */
> - } txadapter; /**< Eventdev ethdev Tx adapter */
> - /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
> - uint32_t usr;
> - } hash; /**< hash information */
> - struct {
> - /**
> - * Application specific metadata value
> - * for egress flow rule match.
> - * Valid if PKT_TX_METADATA is set.
> - * Located here to allow conjunct use
> - * with hash.sched.hi.
> - */
> - uint32_t tx_metadata;
> - uint32_t reserved;
> - };
> - };
> -
> - /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ is set. */
> - uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
> -
> - uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
> -
> - /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
> - * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
> - * Some devices allow to query rte_eth_read_clock that will return the
> - * current device timestamp.
> - */
> - uint64_t timestamp;
> -
> - /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
> - MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
> -
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
> - uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
> - };
> -
> - struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
> - struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
> -
> - /* fields to support TX offloads */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
> - __extension__
> - struct {
> - uint64_t l2_len:RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
> - * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
> - */
> - uint64_t l3_len:RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
> - uint64_t l4_len:RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
> - uint64_t tso_segsz:RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS;
> - /**< TCP TSO segment size */
> -
> - /*
> - * Fields for Tx offloading of tunnels.
> - * These are undefined for packets which don't request
> - * any tunnel offloads (outer IP or UDP checksum,
> - * tunnel TSO).
> - *
> - * PMDs should not use these fields unconditionally
> - * when calculating offsets.
> - *
> - * Applications are expected to set appropriate tunnel
> - * offload flags when they fill in these fields.
> - */
> - uint64_t outer_l3_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
> - uint64_t outer_l2_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
> -
> - /* uint64_t unused:RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS; */
> - };
> - };
> -
> - /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
> - * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size. */
> - uint16_t priv_size;
> -
> - /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
> - uint16_t timesync;
> -
> - /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
> - uint32_t seqn;
> -
> - /** Shared data for external buffer attached to mbuf. See
> - * rte_pktmbuf_attach_extbuf().
> - */
> - struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info *shinfo;
> -
> -} __rte_cache_aligned;
> -
> -/**
> - * Function typedef of callback to free externally attached buffer.
> - */
> -typedef void (*rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t)(void *addr, void *opaque);
> -
> -/**
> - * Shared data at the end of an external buffer.
> - */
> -struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info {
> - rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t free_cb; /**< Free callback function */
> - void *fcb_opaque; /**< Free callback argument */
> - rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> -};
> -
> -/**< Maximum number of nb_segs allowed. */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_MAX_NB_SEGS UINT16_MAX
> -
> /**
> * Prefetch the first part of the mbuf
> *
> @@ -953,31 +294,6 @@ rte_mbuf_to_priv(struct rte_mbuf *m)
> return RTE_PTR_ADD(m, sizeof(struct rte_mbuf));
> }
>
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
> - * otherwise.
> - *
> - * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
> - * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> -
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf has an external buffer, or FALSE otherwise.
> - *
> - * External buffer is a user-provided anonymous buffer.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_HAS_EXTBUF(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> -
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
> - *
> - * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
> - * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) \
> - (!((mb)->ol_flags & (IND_ATTACHED_MBUF | EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)))
> -
> /**
> * Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.
> *
> @@ -2026,62 +1342,10 @@ static inline struct rte_mbuf *rte_pktmbuf_lastseg(struct rte_mbuf *m)
> return m;
> }
>
> -/**
> - * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
> - *
> - * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> - * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> - * enough to accommodate its data.
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param o
> - * The offset into the mbuf data.
> - * @param t
> - * The type to cast the result into.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
> - ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
> -
> -/**
> - * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
> - *
> - * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> - * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> - * enough to accommodate its data.
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param t
> - * The type to cast the result into.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
> -
> -/**
> - * A macro that returns the IO address that points to an offset of the
> - * start of the data in the mbuf
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param o
> - * The offset into the data to calculate address from.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o) \
> - (rte_iova_t)((m)->buf_iova + (m)->data_off + (o))
> -
> /* deprecated */
> #define rte_pktmbuf_mtophys_offset(m, o) \
> rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o)
>
> -/**
> - * A macro that returns the IO address that points to the start of the
> - * data in the mbuf
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_iova(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, 0)
> -
> /* deprecated */
> #define rte_pktmbuf_mtophys(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova(m)
>
> diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
> new file mode 100644
> index 000000000..f52272e55
> --- /dev/null
> +++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
> @@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
> +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
> + * Copyright(c) 2010-2014 Intel Corporation.
> + * Copyright 2014 6WIND S.A.
> + */
> +
> +#ifndef _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_
> +#define _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_
> +
> +/**
> + * @file
> + * This file contains definion of RTE mbuf structure itself,
> + * packet offload flags and some related macros.
> + * For majority of DPDK entities, it is not recommended to include
> + * this file directly, use include <rte_mbuf.h> instead.
> + */
> +
> +#include <stdint.h>
> +#include <rte_compat.h>
> +#include <rte_common.h>
> +
> +#ifdef __cplusplus
> +extern "C" {
> +#endif
> +
> +/*
> + * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
> + * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
> + *
> + * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
> + * flags.
> + * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
> + * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
> + * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
> + * downwards, not upwards.
> + *
> + * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
> + * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
> + */
> +
> +/**
> + * The RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet, and the tci has been
> + * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci.
> + * If the flag PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is also present, the VLAN
> + * header has been stripped from mbuf data, else it is still
> + * present.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_VLAN (1ULL << 0)
> +
> +/** RX packet with RSS hash result. */
> +#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1)
> +
> + /** RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
> +#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2)
> +
> +/**
> + * Deprecated.
> + * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> + * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
> + * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
> + * wrong by the hardware.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> +
> +/**
> + * Deprecated.
> + * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> + * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
> + * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
> + * wrong by the hardware.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> +
> + /** External IP header checksum error. */
> +#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5)
> +
> +/**
> + * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
> + * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
> + * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
> + * When PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set, PKT_RX_VLAN must also be set.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
> +
> +/**
> + * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
> + * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
> + * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
> + * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
> + * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
> + * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> +
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> +
> +/**
> + * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
> + * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
> + * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> + * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> + * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
> + * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> +
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> +
> +/** RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
> +#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9)
> +
> +/** RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
> +#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10)
> +
> +/** FD id reported if FDIR match. */
> +#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13)
> +
> +/** Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
> +#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14)
> +
> +/**
> + * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
> + * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
> + * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
> + * configuration of the PMD.
> + * When PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set, the flags (PKT_RX_VLAN |
> + * PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED | PKT_RX_QINQ) must also be set.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
> +
> +/**
> + * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
> + * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
> + * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
> +
> +/**
> + * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
> +
> +/**
> + * Indicate that security offload processing was applied on the RX packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 18)
> +
> +/**
> + * Indicate that security offload processing failed on the RX packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD_FAILED (1ULL << 19)
> +
> +/**
> + * The RX packet is a double VLAN, and the outer tci has been
> + * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci_outer. If PKT_RX_QINQ set, PKT_RX_VLAN
> + * also should be set and inner tci should be saved to mbuf->vlan_tci.
> + * If the flag PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is also present, both VLANs
> + * headers have been stripped from mbuf data, else they are still
> + * present.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_QINQ (1ULL << 20)
> +
> +/**
> + * Mask of bits used to determine the status of outer RX L4 checksum.
> + * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no info about the outer RX L4 checksum
> + * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> + * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> + * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID: invalid outer L4 checksum state.
> + *
> + * The detection of PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD shall be based on the given
> + * HW capability, At minimum, the PMD should support
> + * PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN and PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD states
> + * if the DEV_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload is available.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
> +
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 21)
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 22)
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
> +
> +/* add new RX flags here */
> +
> +/* add new TX flags here */
> +
> +/**
> + * Indicate that the metadata field in the mbuf is in use.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_METADATA (1ULL << 40)
> +
> +/**
> + * Outer UDP checksum offload flag. This flag is used for enabling
> + * outer UDP checksum in PMD. To use outer UDP checksum, the user needs to
> + * 1) Enable the following in mbuf,
> + * a) Fill outer_l2_len and outer_l3_len in mbuf.
> + * b) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM flag.
> + * c) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 or PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 flag.
> + * 2) Configure DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload flag.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM (1ULL << 41)
> +
> +/**
> + * UDP Fragmentation Offload flag. This flag is used for enabling UDP
> + * fragmentation in SW or in HW. When use UFO, mbuf->tso_segsz is used
> + * to store the MSS of UDP fragments.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_UDP_SEG (1ULL << 42)
> +
> +/**
> + * Request security offload processing on the TX packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 43)
> +
> +/**
> + * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
> + * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
> +
> +/**
> + * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
> + * The tunnel type must be specified for TSO or checksum on the inner part
> + * of tunnel packets.
> + * These flags can be used with PKT_TX_TCP_SEG for TSO, or PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> + * The mbuf fields for inner and outer header lengths are required:
> + * outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len, l2_len, l3_len, l4_len and tso_segsz for TSO.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
> +/** TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN_GPE (0x6ULL << 45)
> +/**
> + * Generic IP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
> + * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
> + * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE
> + * or PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP if possible.
> + * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO.
> + * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
> + * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> + * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
> + * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IP (0xDULL << 45)
> +/**
> + * Generic UDP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
> + * UDP tunnel type implies outer IP layer.
> + * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
> + * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN
> + * if possible.
> + * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO.
> + * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
> + * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> + * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
> + * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_UDP (0xEULL << 45)
> +/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
> +
> +/**
> + * Double VLAN insertion (QinQ) request to driver, driver may offload the
> + * insertion based on device capability.
> + * mbuf 'vlan_tci' & 'vlan_tci_outer' must be valid when this flag is set.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_QINQ (1ULL << 49)
> +/* this old name is deprecated */
> +#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT PKT_TX_QINQ
> +
> +/**
> + * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
> + * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
> + * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
> + * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
> + * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> + * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag
> + * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
> +
> +/** TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
> +#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51)
> +
> +/**
> + * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
> + * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
> + * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
> + * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
> + * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
> + * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52) /**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
> +
> +/** TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> +#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52)
> +
> +/** SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> +#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52)
> +
> +/** UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> +#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52)
> +
> +/** Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
> +#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52)
> +
> +/**
> + * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
> + * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
> + * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
> + * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
> +
> +/**
> + * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
> + * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
> + * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> + * the inner headers.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
> +
> +/**
> + * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
> + * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
> + * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> + * the inner headers.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
> +
> +/**
> + * VLAN tag insertion request to driver, driver may offload the insertion
> + * based on the device capability.
> + * mbuf 'vlan_tci' field must be valid when this flag is set.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_VLAN (1ULL << 57)
> +/* this old name is deprecated */
> +#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT PKT_TX_VLAN
> +
> +/**
> + * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
> + * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, although
> + * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM.
> + * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
> +
> +/**
> + * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
> + * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
> + * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
> +
> +/**
> + * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
> + * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
> + * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
> +
> +/**
> + * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
> + * which can be set for packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
> + PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 | \
> + PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 | \
> + PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
> + PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
> + PKT_TX_IPV6 | \
> + PKT_TX_IPV4 | \
> + PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
> + PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
> + PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
> + PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
> + PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
> + PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
> + PKT_TX_MACSEC | \
> + PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD | \
> + PKT_TX_UDP_SEG | \
> + PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM | \
> + PKT_TX_METADATA)
> +
> +/**
> + * Mbuf having an external buffer attached. shinfo in mbuf must be filled.
> + */
> +#define EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 61)
> +
> +#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
> +
> +/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
> +
> +/**
> + * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
> + * splitting it into multiple segments.
> + * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
> + * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
> + */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
> +#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
> + (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
> +
> +/*
> + * define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
> + * mbuf.
> + */
> +__extension__
> +typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
> +__extension__
> +typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
> +
> + /** marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes with a single assignment */
> +__extension__
> +typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0];
> +
> +struct rte_mbuf_sched {
> + uint32_t queue_id; /**< Queue ID. */
> + uint8_t traffic_class;
> + /**< Traffic class ID. Traffic class 0
> + * is the highest priority traffic class.
> + */
> + uint8_t color;
> + /**< Color. @see enum rte_color.*/
> + uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved. */
> +}; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
> +
> +/**
> + * enum for the tx_offload bit-fields lengths and offsets.
> + * defines the layout of rte_mbuf tx_offload field.
> + */
> +enum {
> + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS = 7,
> + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS = 9,
> + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS = 8,
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS = 16,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS = 9,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS = 7,
> + RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS = sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT -
> + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> +#if RTE_BYTE_ORDER == RTE_BIG_ENDIAN
> + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS =
> + sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS,
> +#else
> + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS = 0,
> + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> +#endif
> +};
> +
> +/**
> + * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
> + */
> +struct rte_mbuf {
> + MARKER cacheline0;
> +
> + void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
> + /**
> + * Physical address of segment buffer.
> + * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
> + * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
> + * working on vector drivers easier.
> + */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + rte_iova_t buf_iova;
> + rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
> + } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
> +
> + /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
> + MARKER64 rearm_data;
> + uint16_t data_off;
> +
> + /**
> + * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
> + * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
> + * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
> + * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
> + * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
> + * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
> + * config option.
> + */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> + /** Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
> + uint16_t refcnt;
> + };
> + uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
> +
> + /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports).
> + * The event eth Tx adapter uses this field to specify the output port.
> + */
> + uint16_t port;
> +
> + uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
> +
> + /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
> + MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
> +
> + /*
> + * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
> + * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
> + * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
> + * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
> + * vlan is stripped from the data.
> + */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
> + struct {
> + uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
> + uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
> + uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
> + uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + uint8_t inner_esp_next_proto;
> + /**< ESP next protocol type, valid if
> + * RTE_PTYPE_TUNNEL_ESP tunnel type is set
> + * on both Tx and Rx.
> + */
> + __extension__
> + struct {
> + uint8_t inner_l2_type:4;
> + /**< Inner L2 type. */
> + uint8_t inner_l3_type:4;
> + /**< Inner L3 type. */
> + };
> + };
> + uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
> + };
> + };
> +
> + uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
> + uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
> + /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN is set. */
> + uint16_t vlan_tci;
> +
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + union {
> + uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
> + struct {
> + union {
> + struct {
> + uint16_t hash;
> + uint16_t id;
> + };
> + uint32_t lo;
> + /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
> + };
> + uint32_t hi;
> + /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent
> + * on PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
> + */
> + } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
> + struct rte_mbuf_sched sched;
> + /**< Hierarchical scheduler : 8 bytes */
> + struct {
> + uint32_t reserved1;
> + uint16_t reserved2;
> + uint16_t txq;
> + /**< The event eth Tx adapter uses this field
> + * to store Tx queue id.
> + * @see rte_event_eth_tx_adapter_txq_set()
> + */
> + } txadapter; /**< Eventdev ethdev Tx adapter */
> + /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
> + uint32_t usr;
> + } hash; /**< hash information */
> + struct {
> + /**
> + * Application specific metadata value
> + * for egress flow rule match.
> + * Valid if PKT_TX_METADATA is set.
> + * Located here to allow conjunct use
> + * with hash.sched.hi.
> + */
> + uint32_t tx_metadata;
> + uint32_t reserved;
> + };
> + };
> +
> + /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ is set. */
> + uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
> +
> + uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
> +
> + /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
> + * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
> + * Some devices allow to query rte_eth_read_clock that will return the
> + * current device timestamp.
> + */
> + uint64_t timestamp;
> +
> + /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
> + MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
> +
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
> + uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
> + };
> +
> + struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
> + struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
> +
> + /* fields to support TX offloads */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
> + __extension__
> + struct {
> + uint64_t l2_len:RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
> + * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
> + */
> + uint64_t l3_len:RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
> + uint64_t l4_len:RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
> + uint64_t tso_segsz:RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS;
> + /**< TCP TSO segment size */
> +
> + /*
> + * Fields for Tx offloading of tunnels.
> + * These are undefined for packets which don't request
> + * any tunnel offloads (outer IP or UDP checksum,
> + * tunnel TSO).
> + *
> + * PMDs should not use these fields unconditionally
> + * when calculating offsets.
> + *
> + * Applications are expected to set appropriate tunnel
> + * offload flags when they fill in these fields.
> + */
> + uint64_t outer_l3_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
> + uint64_t outer_l2_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
> +
> + /* uint64_t unused:RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS; */
> + };
> + };
> +
> + /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
> + * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size.
> + */
> + uint16_t priv_size;
> +
> + /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
> + uint16_t timesync;
> +
> + /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
> + uint32_t seqn;
> +
> + /** Shared data for external buffer attached to mbuf. See
> + * rte_pktmbuf_attach_extbuf().
> + */
> + struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info *shinfo;
> +
> +} __rte_cache_aligned;
> +
> +/**
> + * Function typedef of callback to free externally attached buffer.
> + */
> +typedef void (*rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t)(void *addr, void *opaque);
> +
> +/**
> + * Shared data at the end of an external buffer.
> + */
> +struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info {
> + rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t free_cb; /**< Free callback function */
> + void *fcb_opaque; /**< Free callback argument */
> + rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> +};
> +
> +/**< Maximum number of nb_segs allowed. */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_MAX_NB_SEGS UINT16_MAX
> +
> +/**
> + * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
> + * otherwise.
> + *
> + * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
> + * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
> + */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> +
> +/**
> + * Returns TRUE if given mbuf has an external buffer, or FALSE otherwise.
> + *
> + * External buffer is a user-provided anonymous buffer.
> + */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_HAS_EXTBUF(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> +
> +/**
> + * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
> + *
> + * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
> + * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
> + */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) \
> + (!((mb)->ol_flags & (IND_ATTACHED_MBUF | EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)))
> +
> +#define MBUF_INVALID_PORT UINT16_MAX
> +
> +/**
> + * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
> + *
> + * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> + * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> + * enough to accommodate its data.
> + *
> + * @param m
> + * The packet mbuf.
> + * @param o
> + * The offset into the mbuf data.
> + * @param t
> + * The type to cast the result into.
> + */
> +#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
> + ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
> +
> +/**
> + * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
> + *
> + * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> + * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> + * enough to accommodate its data.
> + *
> + * @param m
> + * The packet mbuf.
> + * @param t
> + * The type to cast the result into.
> + */
> +#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
> +
> +/**
> + * A macro that returns the IO address that points to an offset of the
> + * start of the data in the mbuf
> + *
> + * @param m
> + * The packet mbuf.
> + * @param o
> + * The offset into the data to calculate address from.
> + */
> +#define rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o) \
> + (rte_iova_t)((m)->buf_iova + (m)->data_off + (o))
> +
> +/**
> + * A macro that returns the IO address that points to the start of the
> + * data in the mbuf
> + *
> + * @param m
> + * The packet mbuf.
> + */
> +#define rte_pktmbuf_iova(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, 0)
> +
> +#ifdef __cplusplus
> +}
> +#endif
> +
> +#endif /* _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_ */
>
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file
2019-08-16 12:53 [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
` (2 preceding siblings ...)
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-09-27 13:50 ` Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
` (3 more replies)
3 siblings, 4 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Konstantin Ananyev @ 2019-09-27 13:50 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese,
Konstantin Ananyev
v1 -> v2
As per Michel comments included <generic/rte_atomic.h> into rte_mbuf_core.h
Right now inclusion of rte_mbuf.h header can cause inclusion of
some arch/os specific headers.
That prevents it to be included directly by some
non-DPDK (but related) entities: KNI, BPF programs, etc.
To overcome that problem usually a separate definitions of rte_mbuf
structure is created within these entities.
That aproach has a lot of drawbacks: code duplication, error prone, etc.
This series moves rte_mbuf structure definition (and some related macros)
into a separate file that can be included by both rte_mbuf.h and
other non-DPDK entities.
Note that these moves shouldn't introduce any change for current DPDK code.
Konstantin Ananyev (3):
eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions
mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition
examples/bpf/t2.c | 4 +-
examples/bpf/t3.c | 2 +-
lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h | 44 ++
lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h | 38 -
lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile | 5 +-
lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build | 3 +-
lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h | 738 +-----------------
.../mbuf.h => lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h | 558 ++++++++-----
8 files changed, 427 insertions(+), 965 deletions(-)
rename examples/bpf/mbuf.h => lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h (51%)
--
2.17.1
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-09-27 13:50 ` Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-30 19:34 ` Michel Machado
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
` (2 subsequent siblings)
3 siblings, 1 reply; 17+ messages in thread
From: Konstantin Ananyev @ 2019-09-27 13:50 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese,
Konstantin Ananyev
Right now RTE_CACHE_ and IOVA definitions are located inside rte_memory.h
That might cause an unwanted inclusions of arch/os specific header files.
See [1] for particular problem example.
Probably the simplest way to deal with such problems -
move these definitions into rte_commmon.h
Note that this move doesn't introduce any change in functionality.
[1] https://bugs.dpdk.org/show_bug.cgi?id=321
Suggested-by: Vipin Varghese <vipin.varghese@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
---
lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h | 44 ++++++++++++++++++++++
lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h | 38 -------------------
2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-)
diff --git a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
index 05a3a6401..c275093d7 100644
--- a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
+++ b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
@@ -291,6 +291,50 @@ rte_is_aligned(void *ptr, unsigned align)
*/
#define RTE_BUILD_BUG_ON(condition) ((void)sizeof(char[1 - 2*!!(condition)]))
+/*********** RTE_CACHE related macros ********/
+
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MASK (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE-1) /**< Cache line mask. */
+
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size) \
+ (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE * ((size + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE - 1) / \
+ RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE))
+/**< Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size. */
+
+/**< Cache line size in terms of log2 */
+#if RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 64
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 6
+#elif RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 128
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 7
+#else
+#error "Unsupported cache line size"
+#endif
+
+#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
+
+/**
+ * Force alignment to cache line.
+ */
+#define __rte_cache_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
+
+/**
+ * Force minimum cache line alignment.
+ */
+#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
+
+/*********** PA/IOVA type definitions ********/
+
+typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t; /**< Physical address. */
+#define RTE_BAD_PHYS_ADDR ((phys_addr_t)-1)
+/**
+ * IO virtual address type.
+ * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
+ * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
+ * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
+ * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
+ */
+typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
+#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
+
/**
* Combines 32b inputs most significant set bits into the least
* significant bits to construct a value with the same MSBs as x
diff --git a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
index 4717dcb43..38e00e382 100644
--- a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
+++ b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
@@ -39,44 +39,6 @@ enum rte_page_sizes {
};
#define SOCKET_ID_ANY -1 /**< Any NUMA socket. */
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MASK (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE-1) /**< Cache line mask. */
-
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size) \
- (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE * ((size + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE - 1) / RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE))
-/**< Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size. */
-
-/**< Cache line size in terms of log2 */
-#if RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 64
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 6
-#elif RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 128
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 7
-#else
-#error "Unsupported cache line size"
-#endif
-
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
-
-/**
- * Force alignment to cache line.
- */
-#define __rte_cache_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
-
-/**
- * Force minimum cache line alignment.
- */
-#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
-
-typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t; /**< Physical address. */
-#define RTE_BAD_PHYS_ADDR ((phys_addr_t)-1)
-/**
- * IO virtual address type.
- * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
- * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
- * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
- * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
- */
-typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
-#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
/**
* Physical memory segment descriptor.
--
2.17.1
^ permalink raw reply related [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-09-27 13:50 ` Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 14:42 ` Andrew Rybchenko
` (2 more replies)
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition Konstantin Ananyev
2019-10-25 20:33 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Thomas Monjalon
3 siblings, 3 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Konstantin Ananyev @ 2019-09-27 13:50 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese,
Konstantin Ananyev
Right now inclusion of rte_mbuf.h header can cause inclusion of
some arch/os specific headers.
That prevents it to be included directly by some
non-DPDK (but related) entities: KNI, BPF programs, etc.
To overcome that problem usually a separate definitions of rte_mbuf
structure is created within these entities.
That aproach has a lot of drawbacks: code duplication, error prone, etc.
This patch moves rte_mbuf structure definition (and some related macros)
into a separate file that can be included by both rte_mbuf.h and
other non-DPDK entities.
Note that it doesn't introduce any change for current DPDK code.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
---
lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile | 5 +-
lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build | 3 +-
lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h | 738 +----------------------------
lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h | 793 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
4 files changed, 800 insertions(+), 739 deletions(-)
create mode 100644 lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile b/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
index c8f6d2689..f3b76ad23 100644
--- a/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
+++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ LIBABIVER := 5
SRCS-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF) := rte_mbuf.c rte_mbuf_ptype.c rte_mbuf_pool_ops.c
# install includes
-SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include := rte_mbuf.h rte_mbuf_ptype.h rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h
+SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include := rte_mbuf.h
+SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_core.h
+SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_ptype.h
+SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h
include $(RTE_SDK)/mk/rte.lib.mk
diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build b/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
index 6cc11ebb4..36bb6eb9d 100644
--- a/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
+++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
version = 5
sources = files('rte_mbuf.c', 'rte_mbuf_ptype.c', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.c')
-headers = files('rte_mbuf.h', 'rte_mbuf_ptype.h', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h')
+headers = files('rte_mbuf.h', 'rte_mbuf_core.h',
+ 'rte_mbuf_ptype.h', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h')
deps += ['mempool']
allow_experimental_apis = true
diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
index 98225ec80..528b2f121 100644
--- a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
+++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
@@ -42,367 +42,12 @@
#include <rte_branch_prediction.h>
#include <rte_byteorder.h>
#include <rte_mbuf_ptype.h>
+#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
-/*
- * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
- * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
- *
- * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
- * flags.
- * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
- * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
- * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
- * downwards, not upwards.
- *
- * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
- * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
- */
-
-/**
- * The RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet, and the tci has been
- * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci.
- * If the flag PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is also present, the VLAN
- * header has been stripped from mbuf data, else it is still
- * present.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_VLAN (1ULL << 0)
-
-#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1) /**< RX packet with RSS hash result. */
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2) /**< RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
- * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
- * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
- * wrong by the hardware.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
- * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
- * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
- * wrong by the hardware.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
-
-#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5) /**< External IP header checksum error. */
-
-/**
- * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
- * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
- * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
- * When PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set, PKT_RX_VLAN must also be set.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
- * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
-
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
- * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
-
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
-
-#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9) /**< RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
-#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10) /**< RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13) /**< FD id reported if FDIR match. */
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14) /**< Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
-
-/**
- * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
- * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
- * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
- * configuration of the PMD.
- * When PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set, the flags (PKT_RX_VLAN |
- * PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED | PKT_RX_QINQ) must also be set.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
-
-/**
- * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
- * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
- * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
-
-/**
- * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
-
-/**
- * Indicate that security offload processing was applied on the RX packet.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 18)
-
-/**
- * Indicate that security offload processing failed on the RX packet.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD_FAILED (1ULL << 19)
-
-/**
- * The RX packet is a double VLAN, and the outer tci has been
- * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci_outer. If PKT_RX_QINQ set, PKT_RX_VLAN
- * also should be set and inner tci should be saved to mbuf->vlan_tci.
- * If the flag PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is also present, both VLANs
- * headers have been stripped from mbuf data, else they are still
- * present.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_QINQ (1ULL << 20)
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of outer RX L4 checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no info about the outer RX L4 checksum
- * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID: invalid outer L4 checksum state.
- *
- * The detection of PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD shall be based on the given
- * HW capability, At minimum, the PMD should support
- * PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN and PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD states
- * if the DEV_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload is available.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
-
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 21)
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 22)
-#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
-
-/* add new RX flags here */
-
-/* add new TX flags here */
-
-/**
- * Indicate that the metadata field in the mbuf is in use.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_METADATA (1ULL << 40)
-
-/**
- * Outer UDP checksum offload flag. This flag is used for enabling
- * outer UDP checksum in PMD. To use outer UDP checksum, the user needs to
- * 1) Enable the following in mbuf,
- * a) Fill outer_l2_len and outer_l3_len in mbuf.
- * b) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM flag.
- * c) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 or PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 flag.
- * 2) Configure DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload flag.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM (1ULL << 41)
-
-/**
- * UDP Fragmentation Offload flag. This flag is used for enabling UDP
- * fragmentation in SW or in HW. When use UFO, mbuf->tso_segsz is used
- * to store the MSS of UDP fragments.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_UDP_SEG (1ULL << 42)
-
-/**
- * Request security offload processing on the TX packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 43)
-
-/**
- * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
- * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
-
-/**
- * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
- * The tunnel type must be specified for TSO or checksum on the inner part
- * of tunnel packets.
- * These flags can be used with PKT_TX_TCP_SEG for TSO, or PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
- * The mbuf fields for inner and outer header lengths are required:
- * outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len, l2_len, l3_len, l4_len and tso_segsz for TSO.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
-/** TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN_GPE (0x6ULL << 45)
-/**
- * Generic IP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
- * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
- * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE
- * or PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP if possible.
- * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO.
- * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
- * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
- * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
- * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IP (0xDULL << 45)
-/**
- * Generic UDP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
- * UDP tunnel type implies outer IP layer.
- * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
- * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN
- * if possible.
- * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO.
- * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
- * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
- * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
- * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_UDP (0xEULL << 45)
-/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
-
-/**
- * Double VLAN insertion (QinQ) request to driver, driver may offload the
- * insertion based on device capability.
- * mbuf 'vlan_tci' & 'vlan_tci_outer' must be valid when this flag is set.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_QINQ (1ULL << 49)
-/* this old name is deprecated */
-#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT PKT_TX_QINQ
-
-/**
- * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
- * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
- * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
- * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
- * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
- * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
-
-#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51) /**< TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
-
-/**
- * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
- * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
- * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
- * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
- * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
- * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
- */
-#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52) /**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
-#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52) /**< TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52) /**< SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52) /**< UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52) /**< Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
-
-/**
- * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
- * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
- * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
-
-/**
- * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
- * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
- * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
- * the inner headers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
-
-/**
- * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
- * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
- * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
- * the inner headers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
-
-/**
- * VLAN tag insertion request to driver, driver may offload the insertion
- * based on the device capability.
- * mbuf 'vlan_tci' field must be valid when this flag is set.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_VLAN (1ULL << 57)
-/* this old name is deprecated */
-#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT PKT_TX_VLAN
-
-/**
- * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
- * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, although
- * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM.
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
-
-/**
- * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
- * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
- * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
-
-/**
- * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
- * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
- * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
-
-/**
- * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
- * which can be set for packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 | \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 | \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
- PKT_TX_IPV6 | \
- PKT_TX_IPV4 | \
- PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
- PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
- PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
- PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
- PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
- PKT_TX_MACSEC | \
- PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD | \
- PKT_TX_UDP_SEG | \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_METADATA)
-
-/**
- * Mbuf having an external buffer attached. shinfo in mbuf must be filled.
- */
-#define EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 61)
-
-#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
-
-/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
-#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
-
/**
* Get the name of a RX offload flag
*
@@ -453,310 +98,6 @@ const char *rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
*/
int rte_get_tx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
-/**
- * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
- * splitting it into multiple segments.
- * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
- * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
-#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
- (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
-
-/* define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
- * mbuf */
-__extension__
-typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
-__extension__
-typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
-__extension__
-typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0]; /**< marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes
- * with a single assignment */
-
-struct rte_mbuf_sched {
- uint32_t queue_id; /**< Queue ID. */
- uint8_t traffic_class;
- /**< Traffic class ID. Traffic class 0
- * is the highest priority traffic class.
- */
- uint8_t color;
- /**< Color. @see enum rte_color.*/
- uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved. */
-}; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
-
-/**
- * enum for the tx_offload bit-fields lengths and offsets.
- * defines the layout of rte_mbuf tx_offload field.
- */
-enum {
- RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS = 7,
- RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS = 9,
- RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS = 8,
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS = 16,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS = 9,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS = 7,
- RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS = sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT -
- RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS -
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
-#if RTE_BYTE_ORDER == RTE_BIG_ENDIAN
- RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS =
- sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS,
-#else
- RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS = 0,
- RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
- RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
- RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
-#endif
-};
-
-/**
- * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
- */
-struct rte_mbuf {
- MARKER cacheline0;
-
- void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
- /**
- * Physical address of segment buffer.
- * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
- * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
- * working on vector drivers easier.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- rte_iova_t buf_iova;
- rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
- } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
-
- /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
- MARKER64 rearm_data;
- uint16_t data_off;
-
- /**
- * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
- * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
- * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
- * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
- * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
- * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
- * config option.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
- uint16_t refcnt; /**< Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
- };
- uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
-
- /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports).
- * The event eth Tx adapter uses this field to specify the output port.
- */
- uint16_t port;
-
- uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
-
- /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
- MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
-
- /*
- * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
- * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
- * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
- * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
- * vlan is stripped from the data.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
- struct {
- uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
- uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
- uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
- uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint8_t inner_esp_next_proto;
- /**< ESP next protocol type, valid if
- * RTE_PTYPE_TUNNEL_ESP tunnel type is set
- * on both Tx and Rx.
- */
- __extension__
- struct {
- uint8_t inner_l2_type:4;
- /**< Inner L2 type. */
- uint8_t inner_l3_type:4;
- /**< Inner L3 type. */
- };
- };
- uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
- };
- };
-
- uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
- uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
- /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN is set. */
- uint16_t vlan_tci;
-
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- union {
- uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
- struct {
- union {
- struct {
- uint16_t hash;
- uint16_t id;
- };
- uint32_t lo;
- /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
- };
- uint32_t hi;
- /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent
- * on PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
- */
- } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
- struct rte_mbuf_sched sched;
- /**< Hierarchical scheduler : 8 bytes */
- struct {
- uint32_t reserved1;
- uint16_t reserved2;
- uint16_t txq;
- /**< The event eth Tx adapter uses this field
- * to store Tx queue id.
- * @see rte_event_eth_tx_adapter_txq_set()
- */
- } txadapter; /**< Eventdev ethdev Tx adapter */
- /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
- uint32_t usr;
- } hash; /**< hash information */
- struct {
- /**
- * Application specific metadata value
- * for egress flow rule match.
- * Valid if PKT_TX_METADATA is set.
- * Located here to allow conjunct use
- * with hash.sched.hi.
- */
- uint32_t tx_metadata;
- uint32_t reserved;
- };
- };
-
- /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ is set. */
- uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
-
- uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
-
- /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
- * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
- * Some devices allow to query rte_eth_read_clock that will return the
- * current device timestamp.
- */
- uint64_t timestamp;
-
- /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
- MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
-
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
- uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
- };
-
- struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
- struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
-
- /* fields to support TX offloads */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
- __extension__
- struct {
- uint64_t l2_len:RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS;
- /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
- * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
- */
- uint64_t l3_len:RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS;
- /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
- uint64_t l4_len:RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS;
- /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
- uint64_t tso_segsz:RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS;
- /**< TCP TSO segment size */
-
- /*
- * Fields for Tx offloading of tunnels.
- * These are undefined for packets which don't request
- * any tunnel offloads (outer IP or UDP checksum,
- * tunnel TSO).
- *
- * PMDs should not use these fields unconditionally
- * when calculating offsets.
- *
- * Applications are expected to set appropriate tunnel
- * offload flags when they fill in these fields.
- */
- uint64_t outer_l3_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS;
- /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
- uint64_t outer_l2_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS;
- /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
-
- /* uint64_t unused:RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS; */
- };
- };
-
- /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
- * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size. */
- uint16_t priv_size;
-
- /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
- uint16_t timesync;
-
- /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
- uint32_t seqn;
-
- /** Shared data for external buffer attached to mbuf. See
- * rte_pktmbuf_attach_extbuf().
- */
- struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info *shinfo;
-
-} __rte_cache_aligned;
-
-/**
- * Function typedef of callback to free externally attached buffer.
- */
-typedef void (*rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t)(void *addr, void *opaque);
-
-/**
- * Shared data at the end of an external buffer.
- */
-struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info {
- rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t free_cb; /**< Free callback function */
- void *fcb_opaque; /**< Free callback argument */
- rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
-};
-
-/**< Maximum number of nb_segs allowed. */
-#define RTE_MBUF_MAX_NB_SEGS UINT16_MAX
-
/**
* Prefetch the first part of the mbuf
*
@@ -953,31 +294,6 @@ rte_mbuf_to_priv(struct rte_mbuf *m)
return RTE_PTR_ADD(m, sizeof(struct rte_mbuf));
}
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
- * otherwise.
- *
- * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
- * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
-
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf has an external buffer, or FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * External buffer is a user-provided anonymous buffer.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_HAS_EXTBUF(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)
-
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
- * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) \
- (!((mb)->ol_flags & (IND_ATTACHED_MBUF | EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)))
-
/**
* Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.
*
@@ -2026,62 +1342,10 @@ static inline struct rte_mbuf *rte_pktmbuf_lastseg(struct rte_mbuf *m)
return m;
}
-/**
- * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
- *
- * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
- * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
- * enough to accommodate its data.
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param o
- * The offset into the mbuf data.
- * @param t
- * The type to cast the result into.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
- ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
-
-/**
- * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
- *
- * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
- * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
- * enough to accommodate its data.
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param t
- * The type to cast the result into.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
-
-/**
- * A macro that returns the IO address that points to an offset of the
- * start of the data in the mbuf
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param o
- * The offset into the data to calculate address from.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o) \
- (rte_iova_t)((m)->buf_iova + (m)->data_off + (o))
-
/* deprecated */
#define rte_pktmbuf_mtophys_offset(m, o) \
rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o)
-/**
- * A macro that returns the IO address that points to the start of the
- * data in the mbuf
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_iova(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, 0)
-
/* deprecated */
#define rte_pktmbuf_mtophys(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova(m)
diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fc987eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+ * Copyright(c) 2010-2014 Intel Corporation.
+ * Copyright 2014 6WIND S.A.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_
+#define _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * This file contains definion of RTE mbuf structure itself,
+ * packet offload flags and some related macros.
+ * For majority of DPDK entities, it is not recommended to include
+ * this file directly, use include <rte_mbuf.h> instead.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <rte_compat.h>
+#include <generic/rte_atomic.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
+ * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
+ *
+ * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
+ * flags.
+ * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
+ * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
+ * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
+ * downwards, not upwards.
+ *
+ * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
+ * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet, and the tci has been
+ * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci.
+ * If the flag PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is also present, the VLAN
+ * header has been stripped from mbuf data, else it is still
+ * present.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_VLAN (1ULL << 0)
+
+/** RX packet with RSS hash result. */
+#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1)
+
+ /** RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
+#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2)
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated.
+ * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
+ * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
+ * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
+ * wrong by the hardware.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated.
+ * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
+ * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
+ * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
+ * wrong by the hardware.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
+
+ /** External IP header checksum error. */
+#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5)
+
+/**
+ * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
+ * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
+ * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
+ * When PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set, PKT_RX_VLAN must also be set.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
+
+/**
+ * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
+ * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
+ * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
+ * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
+ * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
+ * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
+
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
+#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
+
+/**
+ * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
+ * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
+ * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
+ * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
+ * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
+ * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
+
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
+#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
+
+/** RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
+#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9)
+
+/** RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
+#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10)
+
+/** FD id reported if FDIR match. */
+#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13)
+
+/** Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
+#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14)
+
+/**
+ * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
+ * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
+ * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
+ * configuration of the PMD.
+ * When PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set, the flags (PKT_RX_VLAN |
+ * PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED | PKT_RX_QINQ) must also be set.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
+
+/**
+ * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
+ * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
+ * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that security offload processing was applied on the RX packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 18)
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that security offload processing failed on the RX packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD_FAILED (1ULL << 19)
+
+/**
+ * The RX packet is a double VLAN, and the outer tci has been
+ * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci_outer. If PKT_RX_QINQ set, PKT_RX_VLAN
+ * also should be set and inner tci should be saved to mbuf->vlan_tci.
+ * If the flag PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is also present, both VLANs
+ * headers have been stripped from mbuf data, else they are still
+ * present.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_QINQ (1ULL << 20)
+
+/**
+ * Mask of bits used to determine the status of outer RX L4 checksum.
+ * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no info about the outer RX L4 checksum
+ * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
+ * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is valid
+ * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID: invalid outer L4 checksum state.
+ *
+ * The detection of PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD shall be based on the given
+ * HW capability, At minimum, the PMD should support
+ * PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN and PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD states
+ * if the DEV_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload is available.
+ */
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
+
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 21)
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 22)
+#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
+
+/* add new RX flags here */
+
+/* add new TX flags here */
+
+/**
+ * Indicate that the metadata field in the mbuf is in use.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_METADATA (1ULL << 40)
+
+/**
+ * Outer UDP checksum offload flag. This flag is used for enabling
+ * outer UDP checksum in PMD. To use outer UDP checksum, the user needs to
+ * 1) Enable the following in mbuf,
+ * a) Fill outer_l2_len and outer_l3_len in mbuf.
+ * b) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM flag.
+ * c) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 or PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 flag.
+ * 2) Configure DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload flag.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM (1ULL << 41)
+
+/**
+ * UDP Fragmentation Offload flag. This flag is used for enabling UDP
+ * fragmentation in SW or in HW. When use UFO, mbuf->tso_segsz is used
+ * to store the MSS of UDP fragments.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_UDP_SEG (1ULL << 42)
+
+/**
+ * Request security offload processing on the TX packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 43)
+
+/**
+ * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
+ * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
+
+/**
+ * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
+ * The tunnel type must be specified for TSO or checksum on the inner part
+ * of tunnel packets.
+ * These flags can be used with PKT_TX_TCP_SEG for TSO, or PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
+ * The mbuf fields for inner and outer header lengths are required:
+ * outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len, l2_len, l3_len, l4_len and tso_segsz for TSO.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
+/** TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN_GPE (0x6ULL << 45)
+/**
+ * Generic IP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
+ * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
+ * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE
+ * or PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP if possible.
+ * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO.
+ * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
+ * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
+ * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
+ * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IP (0xDULL << 45)
+/**
+ * Generic UDP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
+ * UDP tunnel type implies outer IP layer.
+ * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
+ * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN
+ * if possible.
+ * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO.
+ * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
+ * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
+ * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
+ * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_UDP (0xEULL << 45)
+/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
+#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
+
+/**
+ * Double VLAN insertion (QinQ) request to driver, driver may offload the
+ * insertion based on device capability.
+ * mbuf 'vlan_tci' & 'vlan_tci_outer' must be valid when this flag is set.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_QINQ (1ULL << 49)
+/* this old name is deprecated */
+#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT PKT_TX_QINQ
+
+/**
+ * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
+ * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
+ * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
+ * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
+ * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
+ * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag
+ * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
+
+/** TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
+#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51)
+
+/**
+ * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
+ * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
+ * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
+ * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
+ * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
+ * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52) /**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
+
+/** TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
+#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52)
+
+/** SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
+#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52)
+
+/** UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
+#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52)
+
+/** Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
+#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52)
+
+/**
+ * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
+ * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
+ * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
+ * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
+
+/**
+ * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
+ * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
+ * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
+ * the inner headers.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
+
+/**
+ * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
+ * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
+ * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
+ * the inner headers.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
+
+/**
+ * VLAN tag insertion request to driver, driver may offload the insertion
+ * based on the device capability.
+ * mbuf 'vlan_tci' field must be valid when this flag is set.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_VLAN (1ULL << 57)
+/* this old name is deprecated */
+#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT PKT_TX_VLAN
+
+/**
+ * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
+ * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, although
+ * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM.
+ * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
+
+/**
+ * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
+ * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
+ * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
+
+/**
+ * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
+ * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
+ * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
+
+/**
+ * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
+ * which can be set for packet.
+ */
+#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
+ PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 | \
+ PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 | \
+ PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
+ PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
+ PKT_TX_IPV6 | \
+ PKT_TX_IPV4 | \
+ PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
+ PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
+ PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
+ PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
+ PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
+ PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
+ PKT_TX_MACSEC | \
+ PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD | \
+ PKT_TX_UDP_SEG | \
+ PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM | \
+ PKT_TX_METADATA)
+
+/**
+ * Mbuf having an external buffer attached. shinfo in mbuf must be filled.
+ */
+#define EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 61)
+
+#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
+
+/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
+#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
+
+/**
+ * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
+ * splitting it into multiple segments.
+ * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
+ * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
+ */
+#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
+#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
+ (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
+
+/*
+ * define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
+ * mbuf.
+ */
+__extension__
+typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
+__extension__
+typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
+
+ /** marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes with a single assignment */
+__extension__
+typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0];
+
+struct rte_mbuf_sched {
+ uint32_t queue_id; /**< Queue ID. */
+ uint8_t traffic_class;
+ /**< Traffic class ID. Traffic class 0
+ * is the highest priority traffic class.
+ */
+ uint8_t color;
+ /**< Color. @see enum rte_color.*/
+ uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved. */
+}; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
+
+/**
+ * enum for the tx_offload bit-fields lengths and offsets.
+ * defines the layout of rte_mbuf tx_offload field.
+ */
+enum {
+ RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS = 7,
+ RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS = 9,
+ RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS = 8,
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS = 16,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS = 9,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS = 7,
+ RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS = sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT -
+ RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS -
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
+#if RTE_BYTE_ORDER == RTE_BIG_ENDIAN
+ RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS =
+ sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS,
+#else
+ RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS = 0,
+ RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
+ RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
+ RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
+ */
+struct rte_mbuf {
+ MARKER cacheline0;
+
+ void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
+ /**
+ * Physical address of segment buffer.
+ * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
+ * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
+ * working on vector drivers easier.
+ */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ rte_iova_t buf_iova;
+ rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
+ } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
+
+ /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
+ MARKER64 rearm_data;
+ uint16_t data_off;
+
+ /**
+ * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
+ * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
+ * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
+ * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
+ * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
+ * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
+ * config option.
+ */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
+ /** Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
+ uint16_t refcnt;
+ };
+ uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
+
+ /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports).
+ * The event eth Tx adapter uses this field to specify the output port.
+ */
+ uint16_t port;
+
+ uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
+
+ /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
+ MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
+
+ /*
+ * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
+ * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
+ * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
+ * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
+ * vlan is stripped from the data.
+ */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
+ struct {
+ uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
+ uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
+ uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
+ uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ uint8_t inner_esp_next_proto;
+ /**< ESP next protocol type, valid if
+ * RTE_PTYPE_TUNNEL_ESP tunnel type is set
+ * on both Tx and Rx.
+ */
+ __extension__
+ struct {
+ uint8_t inner_l2_type:4;
+ /**< Inner L2 type. */
+ uint8_t inner_l3_type:4;
+ /**< Inner L3 type. */
+ };
+ };
+ uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
+ };
+ };
+
+ uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
+ uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
+ /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN is set. */
+ uint16_t vlan_tci;
+
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ union {
+ uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
+ struct {
+ union {
+ struct {
+ uint16_t hash;
+ uint16_t id;
+ };
+ uint32_t lo;
+ /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
+ };
+ uint32_t hi;
+ /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent
+ * on PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
+ */
+ } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
+ struct rte_mbuf_sched sched;
+ /**< Hierarchical scheduler : 8 bytes */
+ struct {
+ uint32_t reserved1;
+ uint16_t reserved2;
+ uint16_t txq;
+ /**< The event eth Tx adapter uses this field
+ * to store Tx queue id.
+ * @see rte_event_eth_tx_adapter_txq_set()
+ */
+ } txadapter; /**< Eventdev ethdev Tx adapter */
+ /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
+ uint32_t usr;
+ } hash; /**< hash information */
+ struct {
+ /**
+ * Application specific metadata value
+ * for egress flow rule match.
+ * Valid if PKT_TX_METADATA is set.
+ * Located here to allow conjunct use
+ * with hash.sched.hi.
+ */
+ uint32_t tx_metadata;
+ uint32_t reserved;
+ };
+ };
+
+ /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ is set. */
+ uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
+
+ uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
+
+ /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
+ * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
+ * Some devices allow to query rte_eth_read_clock that will return the
+ * current device timestamp.
+ */
+ uint64_t timestamp;
+
+ /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
+ MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
+
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
+ uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
+ };
+
+ struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
+ struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
+
+ /* fields to support TX offloads */
+ RTE_STD_C11
+ union {
+ uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
+ __extension__
+ struct {
+ uint64_t l2_len:RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
+ * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
+ */
+ uint64_t l3_len:RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
+ uint64_t l4_len:RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
+ uint64_t tso_segsz:RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS;
+ /**< TCP TSO segment size */
+
+ /*
+ * Fields for Tx offloading of tunnels.
+ * These are undefined for packets which don't request
+ * any tunnel offloads (outer IP or UDP checksum,
+ * tunnel TSO).
+ *
+ * PMDs should not use these fields unconditionally
+ * when calculating offsets.
+ *
+ * Applications are expected to set appropriate tunnel
+ * offload flags when they fill in these fields.
+ */
+ uint64_t outer_l3_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
+ uint64_t outer_l2_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS;
+ /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
+
+ /* uint64_t unused:RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS; */
+ };
+ };
+
+ /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
+ * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size.
+ */
+ uint16_t priv_size;
+
+ /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
+ uint16_t timesync;
+
+ /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
+ uint32_t seqn;
+
+ /** Shared data for external buffer attached to mbuf. See
+ * rte_pktmbuf_attach_extbuf().
+ */
+ struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info *shinfo;
+
+} __rte_cache_aligned;
+
+/**
+ * Function typedef of callback to free externally attached buffer.
+ */
+typedef void (*rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t)(void *addr, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Shared data at the end of an external buffer.
+ */
+struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info {
+ rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t free_cb; /**< Free callback function */
+ void *fcb_opaque; /**< Free callback argument */
+ rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
+};
+
+/**< Maximum number of nb_segs allowed. */
+#define RTE_MBUF_MAX_NB_SEGS UINT16_MAX
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
+ * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
+ */
+#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if given mbuf has an external buffer, or FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * External buffer is a user-provided anonymous buffer.
+ */
+#define RTE_MBUF_HAS_EXTBUF(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)
+
+/**
+ * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
+ * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
+ */
+#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) \
+ (!((mb)->ol_flags & (IND_ATTACHED_MBUF | EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)))
+
+#define MBUF_INVALID_PORT UINT16_MAX
+
+/**
+ * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
+ *
+ * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
+ * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
+ * enough to accommodate its data.
+ *
+ * @param m
+ * The packet mbuf.
+ * @param o
+ * The offset into the mbuf data.
+ * @param t
+ * The type to cast the result into.
+ */
+#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
+ ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
+
+/**
+ * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
+ *
+ * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
+ * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
+ * enough to accommodate its data.
+ *
+ * @param m
+ * The packet mbuf.
+ * @param t
+ * The type to cast the result into.
+ */
+#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
+
+/**
+ * A macro that returns the IO address that points to an offset of the
+ * start of the data in the mbuf
+ *
+ * @param m
+ * The packet mbuf.
+ * @param o
+ * The offset into the data to calculate address from.
+ */
+#define rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o) \
+ (rte_iova_t)((m)->buf_iova + (m)->data_off + (o))
+
+/**
+ * A macro that returns the IO address that points to the start of the
+ * data in the mbuf
+ *
+ * @param m
+ * The packet mbuf.
+ */
+#define rte_pktmbuf_iova(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, 0)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_ */
--
2.17.1
^ permalink raw reply related [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-09-27 13:50 ` Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-30 19:35 ` Michel Machado
2019-10-25 20:33 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Thomas Monjalon
3 siblings, 1 reply; 17+ messages in thread
From: Konstantin Ananyev @ 2019-09-27 13:50 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese,
Konstantin Ananyev
Get rid of duplicate definitions for rte_mbuf and related macros.
Include rte_mbuf_core.h instead.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
---
examples/bpf/mbuf.h | 605 --------------------------------------------
examples/bpf/t2.c | 4 +-
examples/bpf/t3.c | 2 +-
3 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 608 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 examples/bpf/mbuf.h
diff --git a/examples/bpf/mbuf.h b/examples/bpf/mbuf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e41c3d26e..000000000
--- a/examples/bpf/mbuf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,605 +0,0 @@
-/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- * Copyright(c) 2010-2014 Intel Corporation.
- * Copyright 2014 6WIND S.A.
- */
-
-/*
- * Snipper from dpdk.org rte_mbuf.h.
- * used to provide BPF programs information about rte_mbuf layout.
- */
-
-#ifndef _MBUF_H_
-#define _MBUF_H_
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <rte_common.h>
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
- * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
- *
- * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
- * flags.
- * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
- * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
- * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
- * downwards, not upwards.
- *
- * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
- * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
- */
-
-/**
- * RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet. This flag was set by PMDs when
- * the packet is recognized as a VLAN, but the behavior between PMDs
- * was not the same. This flag is kept for some time to avoid breaking
- * applications and should be replaced by PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT (1ULL << 0)
-
-#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1)
-/**< RX packet with RSS hash result. */
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2)
-/**< RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
- * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
- * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
- * wrong by the hardware.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
- * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
- * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
- * wrong by the hardware.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
-
-#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5)
-/**< External IP header checksum error. */
-
-/**
- * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
- * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
- * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
- * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
-
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
-#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
-
-/**
- * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
- * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
- * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
-
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
-#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
-
-#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9)
-/**< RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
-#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10)
-/**< RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13)
-/**< FD id reported if FDIR match. */
-#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14)
-/**< Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
-
-/**
- * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
- * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
- * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
- * configuration of the PMD. If this flag is set, PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED
- * must also be set.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
-
-/**
- * Deprecated.
- * RX packet with double VLAN stripped.
- * This flag is replaced by PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_QINQ_PKT PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED
-
-/**
- * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
- * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
- * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
-
-/**
- * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
- */
-#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
-
-/* add new RX flags here */
-
-/* add new TX flags here */
-
-/**
- * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
- * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
-
-/**
- * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
- * When doing Tx offload like TSO or checksum, the HW needs to configure the
- * tunnel type into the HW descriptors.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
-/**< TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
-/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
-#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
-
-/**
- * Second VLAN insertion (QinQ) flag.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT (1ULL << 49)
-/**< TX packet with double VLAN inserted. */
-
-/**
- * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
- * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
- * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
- * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
- * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
- * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag and write the IP checksum
- * to 0 in the packet
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
- * - calculate the pseudo header checksum without taking ip_len in account,
- * and set it in the TCP header. Refer to rte_ipv4_phdr_cksum() and
- * rte_ipv6_phdr_cksum() that can be used as helpers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
-
-#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51)
-/**< TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
-
-/**
- * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
- * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
- * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
- * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
- * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
- * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
- * - calculate the pseudo header checksum and set it in the L4 header (only
- * for TCP or UDP). See rte_ipv4_phdr_cksum() and rte_ipv6_phdr_cksum().
- * For SCTP, set the crc field to 0.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52)
-/**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
-#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52)
-/**< TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52)
-/**< SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52)
-/**< UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
-#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52)
-/**< Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
-
-/**
- * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
- * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
- * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
- * - set the IP checksum field in the packet to 0
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
-
-/**
- * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
- * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
- * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
- * the inner headers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
-
-/**
- * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
- * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
- * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
- * the inner headers.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
-
-#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT (1ULL << 57)
-/**< TX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet. */
-
-/**
- * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
- * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, alto ugh
- * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM. The IP checksum field in the
- * packet must be set to 0.
- * - set the outer IP checksum field in the packet to 0
- * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
-
-/**
- * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
- * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
- * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
-
-/**
- * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
- * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
- * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
-
-/**
- * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
- * which can be set for packet.
- */
-#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
- PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
- PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
- PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
- PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
- PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
- PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
- PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
- PKT_TX_MACSEC)
-
-#define __RESERVED (1ULL << 61) /**< reserved for future mbuf use */
-
-#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
-
-/* Use final bit of flags to indicate a control mbuf */
-#define CTRL_MBUF_FLAG (1ULL << 63) /**< Mbuf contains control data */
-
-/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
-#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
-
-/**
- * Get the name of a RX offload flag
- *
- * @param mask
- * The mask describing the flag.
- * @return
- * The name of this flag, or NULL if it's not a valid RX flag.
- */
-const char *rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
-
-/**
- * Dump the list of RX offload flags in a buffer
- *
- * @param mask
- * The mask describing the RX flags.
- * @param buf
- * The output buffer.
- * @param buflen
- * The length of the buffer.
- * @return
- * 0 on success, (-1) on error.
- */
-int rte_get_rx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
-
-/**
- * Get the name of a TX offload flag
- *
- * @param mask
- * The mask describing the flag. Usually only one bit must be set.
- * Several bits can be given if they belong to the same mask.
- * Ex: PKT_TX_L4_MASK.
- * @return
- * The name of this flag, or NULL if it's not a valid TX flag.
- */
-const char *rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
-
-/**
- * Dump the list of TX offload flags in a buffer
- *
- * @param mask
- * The mask describing the TX flags.
- * @param buf
- * The output buffer.
- * @param buflen
- * The length of the buffer.
- * @return
- * 0 on success, (-1) on error.
- */
-int rte_get_tx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
-
-/**
- * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
- * splitting it into multiple segments.
- * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
- * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
-#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
- (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
-
-/* define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
- * mbuf.
- */
-__extension__
-typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
-__extension__
-typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
-__extension__
-typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0];
-/**< marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes with a single assignment */
-
-typedef struct {
- volatile int16_t cnt; /**< An internal counter value. */
-} rte_atomic16_t;
-
-#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
-
-/**
- * Force minimum cache line alignment.
- */
-#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
-
-/**
- * IO virtual address type.
- * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
- * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
- * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
- * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
- */
-typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
-#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
-
-/**
- * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
- */
-struct rte_mbuf {
- MARKER cacheline0;
-
- void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
- /**
- * Physical address of segment buffer.
- * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
- * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
- * working on vector drivers easier.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- rte_iova_t buf_iova;
- rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
- } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
-
- /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
- MARKER64 rearm_data;
- uint16_t data_off;
-
- /**
- * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
- * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
- * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
- * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
- * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
- * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
- * config option.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
- uint16_t refcnt;
- /**< Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
- };
- uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
-
- /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports). */
- uint16_t port;
-
- uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
-
- /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
- MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
-
- /*
- * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
- * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
- * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
- * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
- * vlan is stripped from the data.
- */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
- struct {
- uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
- uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
- uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
- uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
- uint32_t inner_l2_type:4; /**< Inner L2 type. */
- uint32_t inner_l3_type:4; /**< Inner L3 type. */
- uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
- };
- };
-
- uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
- uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
- /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set. */
- uint16_t vlan_tci;
-
- union {
- uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
- struct {
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- struct {
- uint16_t hash;
- uint16_t id;
- };
- uint32_t lo;
- /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
- };
- uint32_t hi;
- /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent on
- * PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
- */
- } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
- struct {
- uint32_t lo;
- uint32_t hi;
- } sched; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
- uint32_t usr;
- /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
- } hash; /**< hash information */
-
- /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set. */
- uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
-
- uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
-
- /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
- * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
- */
- uint64_t timestamp;
-
- /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
- MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
-
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
- uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
- };
-
- struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
- struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
-
- /* fields to support TX offloads */
- RTE_STD_C11
- union {
- uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
- __extension__
- struct {
- uint64_t l2_len:7;
- /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
- * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
- */
- uint64_t l3_len:9; /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
- uint64_t l4_len:8; /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
- uint64_t tso_segsz:16; /**< TCP TSO segment size */
-
- /* fields for TX offloading of tunnels */
- uint64_t outer_l3_len:9;
- /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
- uint64_t outer_l2_len:7;
- /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
-
- /* uint64_t unused:8; */
- };
- };
-
- /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
- * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size.
- */
- uint16_t priv_size;
-
- /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
- uint16_t timesync;
-
- /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
- uint32_t seqn;
-
-} __rte_cache_aligned;
-
-
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
- * otherwise.
- *
- * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
- * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
-
-/**
- * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
- * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
- */
-#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) (!RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb))
-
-/**
- * Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.
- *
- * A structure that contains some pktmbuf_pool-specific data that are
- * appended after the mempool structure (in private data).
- */
-struct rte_pktmbuf_pool_private {
- uint16_t mbuf_data_room_size; /**< Size of data space in each mbuf. */
- uint16_t mbuf_priv_size; /**< Size of private area in each mbuf. */
-};
-
-/**
- * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
- *
- * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
- * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
- * enough to accommodate its data.
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param o
- * The offset into the mbuf data.
- * @param t
- * The type to cast the result into.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
- ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
-
-/**
- * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
- *
- * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
- * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
- * enough to accommodate its data.
- *
- * @param m
- * The packet mbuf.
- * @param t
- * The type to cast the result into.
- */
-#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _MBUF_H_ */
diff --git a/examples/bpf/t2.c b/examples/bpf/t2.c
index 69d7a4fe1..9878eaf7b 100644
--- a/examples/bpf/t2.c
+++ b/examples/bpf/t2.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <rte_config.h>
-#include "mbuf.h"
+#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
uint64_t
entry(void *pkt)
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ entry(void *pkt)
mb = pkt;
mb->vlan_tci = 0;
- mb->ol_flags &= ~(PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT | PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED);
+ mb->ol_flags &= ~(PKT_RX_VLAN | PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED);
return 1;
}
diff --git a/examples/bpf/t3.c b/examples/bpf/t3.c
index 9ba34638a..f58ff64b3 100644
--- a/examples/bpf/t3.c
+++ b/examples/bpf/t3.c
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <net/ethernet.h>
#include <rte_config.h>
-#include "mbuf.h"
+#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
#include <arpa/inet.h>
extern void rte_pktmbuf_dump(FILE *, const struct rte_mbuf *, unsigned int);
--
2.17.1
^ permalink raw reply related [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-09-27 14:42 ` Andrew Rybchenko
2019-09-30 19:34 ` Michel Machado
2019-10-16 8:18 ` Olivier Matz
2 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Andrew Rybchenko @ 2019-09-27 14:42 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev, dev
Cc: michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
On 9/27/19 4:50 PM, Konstantin Ananyev wrote:
> Right now inclusion of rte_mbuf.h header can cause inclusion of
> some arch/os specific headers.
> That prevents it to be included directly by some
> non-DPDK (but related) entities: KNI, BPF programs, etc.
> To overcome that problem usually a separate definitions of rte_mbuf
> structure is created within these entities.
> That aproach has a lot of drawbacks: code duplication, error prone, etc.
> This patch moves rte_mbuf structure definition (and some related macros)
> into a separate file that can be included by both rte_mbuf.h and
> other non-DPDK entities.
>
> Note that it doesn't introduce any change for current DPDK code.
>
> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Rybchenko <arybchenko@solarflare.com>
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-09-30 19:34 ` Michel Machado
0 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Michel Machado @ 2019-09-30 19:34 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev, dev; +Cc: olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
Acked-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
[ ]'s
Michel Machado
On 9/27/19 9:50 AM, Konstantin Ananyev wrote:
> Right now RTE_CACHE_ and IOVA definitions are located inside rte_memory.h
> That might cause an unwanted inclusions of arch/os specific header files.
> See [1] for particular problem example.
> Probably the simplest way to deal with such problems -
> move these definitions into rte_commmon.h
>
> Note that this move doesn't introduce any change in functionality.
>
> [1] https://bugs.dpdk.org/show_bug.cgi?id=321
>
> Suggested-by: Vipin Varghese <vipin.varghese@intel.com>
> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
> ---
> lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h | 44 ++++++++++++++++++++++
> lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h | 38 -------------------
> 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-)
>
> diff --git a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
> index 05a3a6401..c275093d7 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
> +++ b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_common.h
> @@ -291,6 +291,50 @@ rte_is_aligned(void *ptr, unsigned align)
> */
> #define RTE_BUILD_BUG_ON(condition) ((void)sizeof(char[1 - 2*!!(condition)]))
>
> +/*********** RTE_CACHE related macros ********/
> +
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MASK (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE-1) /**< Cache line mask. */
> +
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size) \
> + (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE * ((size + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE - 1) / \
> + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE))
> +/**< Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size. */
> +
> +/**< Cache line size in terms of log2 */
> +#if RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 64
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 6
> +#elif RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 128
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 7
> +#else
> +#error "Unsupported cache line size"
> +#endif
> +
> +#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
> +
> +/**
> + * Force alignment to cache line.
> + */
> +#define __rte_cache_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
> +
> +/**
> + * Force minimum cache line alignment.
> + */
> +#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
> +
> +/*********** PA/IOVA type definitions ********/
> +
> +typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t; /**< Physical address. */
> +#define RTE_BAD_PHYS_ADDR ((phys_addr_t)-1)
> +/**
> + * IO virtual address type.
> + * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
> + * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
> + * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
> + * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
> + */
> +typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
> +#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
> +
> /**
> * Combines 32b inputs most significant set bits into the least
> * significant bits to construct a value with the same MSBs as x
> diff --git a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
> index 4717dcb43..38e00e382 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
> +++ b/lib/librte_eal/common/include/rte_memory.h
> @@ -39,44 +39,6 @@ enum rte_page_sizes {
> };
>
> #define SOCKET_ID_ANY -1 /**< Any NUMA socket. */
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MASK (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE-1) /**< Cache line mask. */
> -
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_ROUNDUP(size) \
> - (RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE * ((size + RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE - 1) / RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE))
> -/**< Return the first cache-aligned value greater or equal to size. */
> -
> -/**< Cache line size in terms of log2 */
> -#if RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 64
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 6
> -#elif RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE == 128
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE_LOG2 7
> -#else
> -#error "Unsupported cache line size"
> -#endif
> -
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Force alignment to cache line.
> - */
> -#define __rte_cache_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
> -
> -/**
> - * Force minimum cache line alignment.
> - */
> -#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
> -
> -typedef uint64_t phys_addr_t; /**< Physical address. */
> -#define RTE_BAD_PHYS_ADDR ((phys_addr_t)-1)
> -/**
> - * IO virtual address type.
> - * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
> - * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
> - * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
> - * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
> - */
> -typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
> -#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
>
> /**
> * Physical memory segment descriptor.
>
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 14:42 ` Andrew Rybchenko
@ 2019-09-30 19:34 ` Michel Machado
2019-10-16 8:18 ` Olivier Matz
2 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Michel Machado @ 2019-09-30 19:34 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev, dev; +Cc: olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
Acked-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
[ ]'s
Michel Machado
On 9/27/19 9:50 AM, Konstantin Ananyev wrote:
> Right now inclusion of rte_mbuf.h header can cause inclusion of
> some arch/os specific headers.
> That prevents it to be included directly by some
> non-DPDK (but related) entities: KNI, BPF programs, etc.
> To overcome that problem usually a separate definitions of rte_mbuf
> structure is created within these entities.
> That aproach has a lot of drawbacks: code duplication, error prone, etc.
> This patch moves rte_mbuf structure definition (and some related macros)
> into a separate file that can be included by both rte_mbuf.h and
> other non-DPDK entities.
>
> Note that it doesn't introduce any change for current DPDK code.
>
> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
> ---
> lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile | 5 +-
> lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build | 3 +-
> lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h | 738 +----------------------------
> lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h | 793 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
> 4 files changed, 800 insertions(+), 739 deletions(-)
> create mode 100644 lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
>
> diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile b/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
> index c8f6d2689..f3b76ad23 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
> +++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/Makefile
> @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ LIBABIVER := 5
> SRCS-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF) := rte_mbuf.c rte_mbuf_ptype.c rte_mbuf_pool_ops.c
>
> # install includes
> -SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include := rte_mbuf.h rte_mbuf_ptype.h rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h
> +SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include := rte_mbuf.h
> +SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_core.h
> +SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_ptype.h
> +SYMLINK-$(CONFIG_RTE_LIBRTE_MBUF)-include += rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h
>
> include $(RTE_SDK)/mk/rte.lib.mk
> diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build b/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
> index 6cc11ebb4..36bb6eb9d 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
> +++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/meson.build
> @@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
>
> version = 5
> sources = files('rte_mbuf.c', 'rte_mbuf_ptype.c', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.c')
> -headers = files('rte_mbuf.h', 'rte_mbuf_ptype.h', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h')
> +headers = files('rte_mbuf.h', 'rte_mbuf_core.h',
> + 'rte_mbuf_ptype.h', 'rte_mbuf_pool_ops.h')
> deps += ['mempool']
>
> allow_experimental_apis = true
> diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
> index 98225ec80..528b2f121 100644
> --- a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
> +++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf.h
> @@ -42,367 +42,12 @@
> #include <rte_branch_prediction.h>
> #include <rte_byteorder.h>
> #include <rte_mbuf_ptype.h>
> +#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
>
> #ifdef __cplusplus
> extern "C" {
> #endif
>
> -/*
> - * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
> - * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
> - *
> - * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
> - * flags.
> - * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
> - * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
> - * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
> - * downwards, not upwards.
> - *
> - * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
> - * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
> - */
> -
> -/**
> - * The RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet, and the tci has been
> - * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci.
> - * If the flag PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is also present, the VLAN
> - * header has been stripped from mbuf data, else it is still
> - * present.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_VLAN (1ULL << 0)
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1) /**< RX packet with RSS hash result. */
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2) /**< RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> - * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
> - * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
> - * wrong by the hardware.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> - * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
> - * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
> - * wrong by the hardware.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5) /**< External IP header checksum error. */
> -
> -/**
> - * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
> - * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
> - * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
> - * When PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set, PKT_RX_VLAN must also be set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
> - * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
> - * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9) /**< RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
> -#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10) /**< RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13) /**< FD id reported if FDIR match. */
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14) /**< Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
> -
> -/**
> - * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
> - * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
> - * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
> - * configuration of the PMD.
> - * When PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set, the flags (PKT_RX_VLAN |
> - * PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED | PKT_RX_QINQ) must also be set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
> -
> -/**
> - * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
> - * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
> - * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that security offload processing was applied on the RX packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 18)
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that security offload processing failed on the RX packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD_FAILED (1ULL << 19)
> -
> -/**
> - * The RX packet is a double VLAN, and the outer tci has been
> - * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci_outer. If PKT_RX_QINQ set, PKT_RX_VLAN
> - * also should be set and inner tci should be saved to mbuf->vlan_tci.
> - * If the flag PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is also present, both VLANs
> - * headers have been stripped from mbuf data, else they are still
> - * present.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_QINQ (1ULL << 20)
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of outer RX L4 checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no info about the outer RX L4 checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID: invalid outer L4 checksum state.
> - *
> - * The detection of PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD shall be based on the given
> - * HW capability, At minimum, the PMD should support
> - * PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN and PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD states
> - * if the DEV_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload is available.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 21)
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 22)
> -#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
> -
> -/* add new RX flags here */
> -
> -/* add new TX flags here */
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that the metadata field in the mbuf is in use.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_METADATA (1ULL << 40)
> -
> -/**
> - * Outer UDP checksum offload flag. This flag is used for enabling
> - * outer UDP checksum in PMD. To use outer UDP checksum, the user needs to
> - * 1) Enable the following in mbuf,
> - * a) Fill outer_l2_len and outer_l3_len in mbuf.
> - * b) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM flag.
> - * c) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 or PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 flag.
> - * 2) Configure DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload flag.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM (1ULL << 41)
> -
> -/**
> - * UDP Fragmentation Offload flag. This flag is used for enabling UDP
> - * fragmentation in SW or in HW. When use UFO, mbuf->tso_segsz is used
> - * to store the MSS of UDP fragments.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_UDP_SEG (1ULL << 42)
> -
> -/**
> - * Request security offload processing on the TX packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 43)
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
> - * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
> -
> -/**
> - * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
> - * The tunnel type must be specified for TSO or checksum on the inner part
> - * of tunnel packets.
> - * These flags can be used with PKT_TX_TCP_SEG for TSO, or PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> - * The mbuf fields for inner and outer header lengths are required:
> - * outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len, l2_len, l3_len, l4_len and tso_segsz for TSO.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
> -/** TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN_GPE (0x6ULL << 45)
> -/**
> - * Generic IP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
> - * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
> - * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE
> - * or PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP if possible.
> - * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO.
> - * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
> - * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> - * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
> - * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IP (0xDULL << 45)
> -/**
> - * Generic UDP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
> - * UDP tunnel type implies outer IP layer.
> - * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
> - * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN
> - * if possible.
> - * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO.
> - * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
> - * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> - * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
> - * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_UDP (0xEULL << 45)
> -/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
> -
> -/**
> - * Double VLAN insertion (QinQ) request to driver, driver may offload the
> - * insertion based on device capability.
> - * mbuf 'vlan_tci' & 'vlan_tci_outer' must be valid when this flag is set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_QINQ (1ULL << 49)
> -/* this old name is deprecated */
> -#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT PKT_TX_QINQ
> -
> -/**
> - * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
> - * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
> - * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
> - * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
> - * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> - * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
> -
> -#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51) /**< TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
> - * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
> - * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
> - * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
> - * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
> - * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52) /**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
> -#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52) /**< TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52) /**< SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52) /**< UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52) /**< Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
> - * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
> - * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
> - * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
> - * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> - * the inner headers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
> - * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
> - * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> - * the inner headers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
> -
> -/**
> - * VLAN tag insertion request to driver, driver may offload the insertion
> - * based on the device capability.
> - * mbuf 'vlan_tci' field must be valid when this flag is set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_VLAN (1ULL << 57)
> -/* this old name is deprecated */
> -#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT PKT_TX_VLAN
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
> - * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, although
> - * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM.
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
> - * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
> - * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
> - * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
> - * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
> -
> -/**
> - * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
> - * which can be set for packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 | \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 | \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
> - PKT_TX_IPV6 | \
> - PKT_TX_IPV4 | \
> - PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
> - PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
> - PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
> - PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
> - PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
> - PKT_TX_MACSEC | \
> - PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD | \
> - PKT_TX_UDP_SEG | \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_METADATA)
> -
> -/**
> - * Mbuf having an external buffer attached. shinfo in mbuf must be filled.
> - */
> -#define EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 61)
> -
> -#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
> -
> -/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
> -
> /**
> * Get the name of a RX offload flag
> *
> @@ -453,310 +98,6 @@ const char *rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
> */
> int rte_get_tx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
>
> -/**
> - * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
> - * splitting it into multiple segments.
> - * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
> - * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
> - (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
> -
> -/* define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
> - * mbuf */
> -__extension__
> -typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
> -__extension__
> -typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
> -__extension__
> -typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0]; /**< marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes
> - * with a single assignment */
> -
> -struct rte_mbuf_sched {
> - uint32_t queue_id; /**< Queue ID. */
> - uint8_t traffic_class;
> - /**< Traffic class ID. Traffic class 0
> - * is the highest priority traffic class.
> - */
> - uint8_t color;
> - /**< Color. @see enum rte_color.*/
> - uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved. */
> -}; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
> -
> -/**
> - * enum for the tx_offload bit-fields lengths and offsets.
> - * defines the layout of rte_mbuf tx_offload field.
> - */
> -enum {
> - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS = 7,
> - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS = 9,
> - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS = 8,
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS = 16,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS = 9,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS = 7,
> - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS = sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT -
> - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS -
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> -#if RTE_BYTE_ORDER == RTE_BIG_ENDIAN
> - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS =
> - sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS,
> -#else
> - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS = 0,
> - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
> - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
> - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> -#endif
> -};
> -
> -/**
> - * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
> - */
> -struct rte_mbuf {
> - MARKER cacheline0;
> -
> - void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
> - /**
> - * Physical address of segment buffer.
> - * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
> - * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
> - * working on vector drivers easier.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - rte_iova_t buf_iova;
> - rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
> - } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
> -
> - /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
> - MARKER64 rearm_data;
> - uint16_t data_off;
> -
> - /**
> - * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
> - * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
> - * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
> - * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
> - * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
> - * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
> - * config option.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> - uint16_t refcnt; /**< Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
> - };
> - uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
> -
> - /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports).
> - * The event eth Tx adapter uses this field to specify the output port.
> - */
> - uint16_t port;
> -
> - uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
> -
> - /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
> - MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
> -
> - /*
> - * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
> - * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
> - * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
> - * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
> - * vlan is stripped from the data.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
> - struct {
> - uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
> - uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
> - uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
> - uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint8_t inner_esp_next_proto;
> - /**< ESP next protocol type, valid if
> - * RTE_PTYPE_TUNNEL_ESP tunnel type is set
> - * on both Tx and Rx.
> - */
> - __extension__
> - struct {
> - uint8_t inner_l2_type:4;
> - /**< Inner L2 type. */
> - uint8_t inner_l3_type:4;
> - /**< Inner L3 type. */
> - };
> - };
> - uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
> - };
> - };
> -
> - uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
> - uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
> - /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN is set. */
> - uint16_t vlan_tci;
> -
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - union {
> - uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
> - struct {
> - union {
> - struct {
> - uint16_t hash;
> - uint16_t id;
> - };
> - uint32_t lo;
> - /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
> - };
> - uint32_t hi;
> - /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent
> - * on PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
> - */
> - } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
> - struct rte_mbuf_sched sched;
> - /**< Hierarchical scheduler : 8 bytes */
> - struct {
> - uint32_t reserved1;
> - uint16_t reserved2;
> - uint16_t txq;
> - /**< The event eth Tx adapter uses this field
> - * to store Tx queue id.
> - * @see rte_event_eth_tx_adapter_txq_set()
> - */
> - } txadapter; /**< Eventdev ethdev Tx adapter */
> - /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
> - uint32_t usr;
> - } hash; /**< hash information */
> - struct {
> - /**
> - * Application specific metadata value
> - * for egress flow rule match.
> - * Valid if PKT_TX_METADATA is set.
> - * Located here to allow conjunct use
> - * with hash.sched.hi.
> - */
> - uint32_t tx_metadata;
> - uint32_t reserved;
> - };
> - };
> -
> - /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ is set. */
> - uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
> -
> - uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
> -
> - /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
> - * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
> - * Some devices allow to query rte_eth_read_clock that will return the
> - * current device timestamp.
> - */
> - uint64_t timestamp;
> -
> - /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
> - MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
> -
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
> - uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
> - };
> -
> - struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
> - struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
> -
> - /* fields to support TX offloads */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
> - __extension__
> - struct {
> - uint64_t l2_len:RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
> - * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
> - */
> - uint64_t l3_len:RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
> - uint64_t l4_len:RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
> - uint64_t tso_segsz:RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS;
> - /**< TCP TSO segment size */
> -
> - /*
> - * Fields for Tx offloading of tunnels.
> - * These are undefined for packets which don't request
> - * any tunnel offloads (outer IP or UDP checksum,
> - * tunnel TSO).
> - *
> - * PMDs should not use these fields unconditionally
> - * when calculating offsets.
> - *
> - * Applications are expected to set appropriate tunnel
> - * offload flags when they fill in these fields.
> - */
> - uint64_t outer_l3_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
> - uint64_t outer_l2_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS;
> - /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
> -
> - /* uint64_t unused:RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS; */
> - };
> - };
> -
> - /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
> - * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size. */
> - uint16_t priv_size;
> -
> - /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
> - uint16_t timesync;
> -
> - /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
> - uint32_t seqn;
> -
> - /** Shared data for external buffer attached to mbuf. See
> - * rte_pktmbuf_attach_extbuf().
> - */
> - struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info *shinfo;
> -
> -} __rte_cache_aligned;
> -
> -/**
> - * Function typedef of callback to free externally attached buffer.
> - */
> -typedef void (*rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t)(void *addr, void *opaque);
> -
> -/**
> - * Shared data at the end of an external buffer.
> - */
> -struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info {
> - rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t free_cb; /**< Free callback function */
> - void *fcb_opaque; /**< Free callback argument */
> - rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> -};
> -
> -/**< Maximum number of nb_segs allowed. */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_MAX_NB_SEGS UINT16_MAX
> -
> /**
> * Prefetch the first part of the mbuf
> *
> @@ -953,31 +294,6 @@ rte_mbuf_to_priv(struct rte_mbuf *m)
> return RTE_PTR_ADD(m, sizeof(struct rte_mbuf));
> }
>
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
> - * otherwise.
> - *
> - * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
> - * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> -
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf has an external buffer, or FALSE otherwise.
> - *
> - * External buffer is a user-provided anonymous buffer.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_HAS_EXTBUF(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> -
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
> - *
> - * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
> - * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) \
> - (!((mb)->ol_flags & (IND_ATTACHED_MBUF | EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)))
> -
> /**
> * Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.
> *
> @@ -2026,62 +1342,10 @@ static inline struct rte_mbuf *rte_pktmbuf_lastseg(struct rte_mbuf *m)
> return m;
> }
>
> -/**
> - * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
> - *
> - * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> - * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> - * enough to accommodate its data.
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param o
> - * The offset into the mbuf data.
> - * @param t
> - * The type to cast the result into.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
> - ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
> -
> -/**
> - * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
> - *
> - * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> - * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> - * enough to accommodate its data.
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param t
> - * The type to cast the result into.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
> -
> -/**
> - * A macro that returns the IO address that points to an offset of the
> - * start of the data in the mbuf
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param o
> - * The offset into the data to calculate address from.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o) \
> - (rte_iova_t)((m)->buf_iova + (m)->data_off + (o))
> -
> /* deprecated */
> #define rte_pktmbuf_mtophys_offset(m, o) \
> rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o)
>
> -/**
> - * A macro that returns the IO address that points to the start of the
> - * data in the mbuf
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_iova(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, 0)
> -
> /* deprecated */
> #define rte_pktmbuf_mtophys(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova(m)
>
> diff --git a/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
> new file mode 100644
> index 000000000..8fc987eee
> --- /dev/null
> +++ b/lib/librte_mbuf/rte_mbuf_core.h
> @@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
> +/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
> + * Copyright(c) 2010-2014 Intel Corporation.
> + * Copyright 2014 6WIND S.A.
> + */
> +
> +#ifndef _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_
> +#define _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_
> +
> +/**
> + * @file
> + * This file contains definion of RTE mbuf structure itself,
> + * packet offload flags and some related macros.
> + * For majority of DPDK entities, it is not recommended to include
> + * this file directly, use include <rte_mbuf.h> instead.
> + */
> +
> +#include <stdint.h>
> +#include <rte_compat.h>
> +#include <generic/rte_atomic.h>
> +
> +#ifdef __cplusplus
> +extern "C" {
> +#endif
> +
> +/*
> + * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
> + * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
> + *
> + * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
> + * flags.
> + * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
> + * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
> + * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
> + * downwards, not upwards.
> + *
> + * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
> + * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
> + */
> +
> +/**
> + * The RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet, and the tci has been
> + * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci.
> + * If the flag PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is also present, the VLAN
> + * header has been stripped from mbuf data, else it is still
> + * present.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_VLAN (1ULL << 0)
> +
> +/** RX packet with RSS hash result. */
> +#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1)
> +
> + /** RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
> +#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2)
> +
> +/**
> + * Deprecated.
> + * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> + * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
> + * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
> + * wrong by the hardware.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> +
> +/**
> + * Deprecated.
> + * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> + * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
> + * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
> + * wrong by the hardware.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> +
> + /** External IP header checksum error. */
> +#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5)
> +
> +/**
> + * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
> + * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
> + * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
> + * When PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set, PKT_RX_VLAN must also be set.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
> +
> +/**
> + * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
> + * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
> + * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
> + * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
> + * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
> + * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> +
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
> +#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> +
> +/**
> + * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
> + * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
> + * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> + * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> + * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
> + * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> +
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
> +#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> +
> +/** RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
> +#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9)
> +
> +/** RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
> +#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10)
> +
> +/** FD id reported if FDIR match. */
> +#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13)
> +
> +/** Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
> +#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14)
> +
> +/**
> + * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
> + * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
> + * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
> + * configuration of the PMD.
> + * When PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set, the flags (PKT_RX_VLAN |
> + * PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED | PKT_RX_QINQ) must also be set.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
> +
> +/**
> + * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
> + * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
> + * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
> +
> +/**
> + * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
> +
> +/**
> + * Indicate that security offload processing was applied on the RX packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 18)
> +
> +/**
> + * Indicate that security offload processing failed on the RX packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_SEC_OFFLOAD_FAILED (1ULL << 19)
> +
> +/**
> + * The RX packet is a double VLAN, and the outer tci has been
> + * saved in in mbuf->vlan_tci_outer. If PKT_RX_QINQ set, PKT_RX_VLAN
> + * also should be set and inner tci should be saved to mbuf->vlan_tci.
> + * If the flag PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is also present, both VLANs
> + * headers have been stripped from mbuf data, else they are still
> + * present.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_QINQ (1ULL << 20)
> +
> +/**
> + * Mask of bits used to determine the status of outer RX L4 checksum.
> + * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no info about the outer RX L4 checksum
> + * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> + * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the outer L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> + * - PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID: invalid outer L4 checksum state.
> + *
> + * The detection of PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD shall be based on the given
> + * HW capability, At minimum, the PMD should support
> + * PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN and PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD states
> + * if the DEV_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload is available.
> + */
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
> +
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 21)
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 22)
> +#define PKT_RX_OUTER_L4_CKSUM_INVALID ((1ULL << 21) | (1ULL << 22))
> +
> +/* add new RX flags here */
> +
> +/* add new TX flags here */
> +
> +/**
> + * Indicate that the metadata field in the mbuf is in use.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_METADATA (1ULL << 40)
> +
> +/**
> + * Outer UDP checksum offload flag. This flag is used for enabling
> + * outer UDP checksum in PMD. To use outer UDP checksum, the user needs to
> + * 1) Enable the following in mbuf,
> + * a) Fill outer_l2_len and outer_l3_len in mbuf.
> + * b) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM flag.
> + * c) Set the PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 or PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 flag.
> + * 2) Configure DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM offload flag.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM (1ULL << 41)
> +
> +/**
> + * UDP Fragmentation Offload flag. This flag is used for enabling UDP
> + * fragmentation in SW or in HW. When use UFO, mbuf->tso_segsz is used
> + * to store the MSS of UDP fragments.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_UDP_SEG (1ULL << 42)
> +
> +/**
> + * Request security offload processing on the TX packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD (1ULL << 43)
> +
> +/**
> + * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
> + * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
> +
> +/**
> + * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
> + * The tunnel type must be specified for TSO or checksum on the inner part
> + * of tunnel packets.
> + * These flags can be used with PKT_TX_TCP_SEG for TSO, or PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> + * The mbuf fields for inner and outer header lengths are required:
> + * outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len, l2_len, l3_len, l4_len and tso_segsz for TSO.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
> +/** TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN_GPE (0x6ULL << 45)
> +/**
> + * Generic IP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
> + * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
> + * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE
> + * or PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP if possible.
> + * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO.
> + * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
> + * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> + * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
> + * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IP (0xDULL << 45)
> +/**
> + * Generic UDP encapsulated tunnel type, used for TSO and checksum offload.
> + * UDP tunnel type implies outer IP layer.
> + * It can be used for tunnels which are not standards or listed above.
> + * It is preferred to use specific tunnel flags like PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN
> + * if possible.
> + * The ethdev must be configured with DEV_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO.
> + * Outer and inner checksums are done according to the existing flags like
> + * PKT_TX_xxx_CKSUM.
> + * Specific tunnel headers that contain payload length, sequence id
> + * or checksum are not expected to be updated.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_UDP (0xEULL << 45)
> +/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
> +#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
> +
> +/**
> + * Double VLAN insertion (QinQ) request to driver, driver may offload the
> + * insertion based on device capability.
> + * mbuf 'vlan_tci' & 'vlan_tci_outer' must be valid when this flag is set.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_QINQ (1ULL << 49)
> +/* this old name is deprecated */
> +#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT PKT_TX_QINQ
> +
> +/**
> + * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
> + * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
> + * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
> + * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
> + * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> + * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag
> + * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
> +
> +/** TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
> +#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51)
> +
> +/**
> + * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
> + * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
> + * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
> + * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
> + * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
> + * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52) /**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
> +
> +/** TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> +#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52)
> +
> +/** SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> +#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52)
> +
> +/** UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> +#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52)
> +
> +/** Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
> +#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52)
> +
> +/**
> + * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
> + * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
> + * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
> + * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
> +
> +/**
> + * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
> + * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
> + * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> + * the inner headers.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
> +
> +/**
> + * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
> + * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
> + * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> + * the inner headers.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
> +
> +/**
> + * VLAN tag insertion request to driver, driver may offload the insertion
> + * based on the device capability.
> + * mbuf 'vlan_tci' field must be valid when this flag is set.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_VLAN (1ULL << 57)
> +/* this old name is deprecated */
> +#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT PKT_TX_VLAN
> +
> +/**
> + * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
> + * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, although
> + * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM.
> + * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
> +
> +/**
> + * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
> + * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
> + * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
> +
> +/**
> + * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
> + * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
> + * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
> +
> +/**
> + * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
> + * which can be set for packet.
> + */
> +#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
> + PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 | \
> + PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 | \
> + PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
> + PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
> + PKT_TX_IPV6 | \
> + PKT_TX_IPV4 | \
> + PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
> + PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
> + PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
> + PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
> + PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
> + PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
> + PKT_TX_MACSEC | \
> + PKT_TX_SEC_OFFLOAD | \
> + PKT_TX_UDP_SEG | \
> + PKT_TX_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM | \
> + PKT_TX_METADATA)
> +
> +/**
> + * Mbuf having an external buffer attached. shinfo in mbuf must be filled.
> + */
> +#define EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 61)
> +
> +#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
> +
> +/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
> +
> +/**
> + * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
> + * splitting it into multiple segments.
> + * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
> + * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
> + */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
> +#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
> + (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
> +
> +/*
> + * define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
> + * mbuf.
> + */
> +__extension__
> +typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
> +__extension__
> +typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
> +
> + /** marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes with a single assignment */
> +__extension__
> +typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0];
> +
> +struct rte_mbuf_sched {
> + uint32_t queue_id; /**< Queue ID. */
> + uint8_t traffic_class;
> + /**< Traffic class ID. Traffic class 0
> + * is the highest priority traffic class.
> + */
> + uint8_t color;
> + /**< Color. @see enum rte_color.*/
> + uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved. */
> +}; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
> +
> +/**
> + * enum for the tx_offload bit-fields lengths and offsets.
> + * defines the layout of rte_mbuf tx_offload field.
> + */
> +enum {
> + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS = 7,
> + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS = 9,
> + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS = 8,
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS = 16,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS = 9,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS = 7,
> + RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS = sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT -
> + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS -
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> +#if RTE_BYTE_ORDER == RTE_BIG_ENDIAN
> + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS =
> + sizeof(uint64_t) * CHAR_BIT - RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS - RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS,
> +#else
> + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS = 0,
> + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS = RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_OFS + RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS,
> + RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_OFS =
> + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_OFS + RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS,
> +#endif
> +};
> +
> +/**
> + * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
> + */
> +struct rte_mbuf {
> + MARKER cacheline0;
> +
> + void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
> + /**
> + * Physical address of segment buffer.
> + * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
> + * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
> + * working on vector drivers easier.
> + */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + rte_iova_t buf_iova;
> + rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
> + } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
> +
> + /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
> + MARKER64 rearm_data;
> + uint16_t data_off;
> +
> + /**
> + * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
> + * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
> + * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
> + * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
> + * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
> + * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
> + * config option.
> + */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> + /** Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
> + uint16_t refcnt;
> + };
> + uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
> +
> + /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports).
> + * The event eth Tx adapter uses this field to specify the output port.
> + */
> + uint16_t port;
> +
> + uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
> +
> + /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
> + MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
> +
> + /*
> + * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
> + * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
> + * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
> + * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
> + * vlan is stripped from the data.
> + */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
> + struct {
> + uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
> + uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
> + uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
> + uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + uint8_t inner_esp_next_proto;
> + /**< ESP next protocol type, valid if
> + * RTE_PTYPE_TUNNEL_ESP tunnel type is set
> + * on both Tx and Rx.
> + */
> + __extension__
> + struct {
> + uint8_t inner_l2_type:4;
> + /**< Inner L2 type. */
> + uint8_t inner_l3_type:4;
> + /**< Inner L3 type. */
> + };
> + };
> + uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
> + };
> + };
> +
> + uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
> + uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
> + /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN is set. */
> + uint16_t vlan_tci;
> +
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + union {
> + uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
> + struct {
> + union {
> + struct {
> + uint16_t hash;
> + uint16_t id;
> + };
> + uint32_t lo;
> + /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
> + };
> + uint32_t hi;
> + /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent
> + * on PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
> + */
> + } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
> + struct rte_mbuf_sched sched;
> + /**< Hierarchical scheduler : 8 bytes */
> + struct {
> + uint32_t reserved1;
> + uint16_t reserved2;
> + uint16_t txq;
> + /**< The event eth Tx adapter uses this field
> + * to store Tx queue id.
> + * @see rte_event_eth_tx_adapter_txq_set()
> + */
> + } txadapter; /**< Eventdev ethdev Tx adapter */
> + /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
> + uint32_t usr;
> + } hash; /**< hash information */
> + struct {
> + /**
> + * Application specific metadata value
> + * for egress flow rule match.
> + * Valid if PKT_TX_METADATA is set.
> + * Located here to allow conjunct use
> + * with hash.sched.hi.
> + */
> + uint32_t tx_metadata;
> + uint32_t reserved;
> + };
> + };
> +
> + /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ is set. */
> + uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
> +
> + uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
> +
> + /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
> + * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
> + * Some devices allow to query rte_eth_read_clock that will return the
> + * current device timestamp.
> + */
> + uint64_t timestamp;
> +
> + /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
> + MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
> +
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
> + uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
> + };
> +
> + struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
> + struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
> +
> + /* fields to support TX offloads */
> + RTE_STD_C11
> + union {
> + uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
> + __extension__
> + struct {
> + uint64_t l2_len:RTE_MBUF_L2_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
> + * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
> + */
> + uint64_t l3_len:RTE_MBUF_L3_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
> + uint64_t l4_len:RTE_MBUF_L4_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
> + uint64_t tso_segsz:RTE_MBUF_TSO_SEGSZ_BITS;
> + /**< TCP TSO segment size */
> +
> + /*
> + * Fields for Tx offloading of tunnels.
> + * These are undefined for packets which don't request
> + * any tunnel offloads (outer IP or UDP checksum,
> + * tunnel TSO).
> + *
> + * PMDs should not use these fields unconditionally
> + * when calculating offsets.
> + *
> + * Applications are expected to set appropriate tunnel
> + * offload flags when they fill in these fields.
> + */
> + uint64_t outer_l3_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL3_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
> + uint64_t outer_l2_len:RTE_MBUF_OUTL2_LEN_BITS;
> + /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
> +
> + /* uint64_t unused:RTE_MBUF_TXOFLD_UNUSED_BITS; */
> + };
> + };
> +
> + /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
> + * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size.
> + */
> + uint16_t priv_size;
> +
> + /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
> + uint16_t timesync;
> +
> + /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
> + uint32_t seqn;
> +
> + /** Shared data for external buffer attached to mbuf. See
> + * rte_pktmbuf_attach_extbuf().
> + */
> + struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info *shinfo;
> +
> +} __rte_cache_aligned;
> +
> +/**
> + * Function typedef of callback to free externally attached buffer.
> + */
> +typedef void (*rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t)(void *addr, void *opaque);
> +
> +/**
> + * Shared data at the end of an external buffer.
> + */
> +struct rte_mbuf_ext_shared_info {
> + rte_mbuf_extbuf_free_callback_t free_cb; /**< Free callback function */
> + void *fcb_opaque; /**< Free callback argument */
> + rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> +};
> +
> +/**< Maximum number of nb_segs allowed. */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_MAX_NB_SEGS UINT16_MAX
> +
> +/**
> + * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
> + * otherwise.
> + *
> + * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
> + * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
> + */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> +
> +/**
> + * Returns TRUE if given mbuf has an external buffer, or FALSE otherwise.
> + *
> + * External buffer is a user-provided anonymous buffer.
> + */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_HAS_EXTBUF(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> +
> +/**
> + * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
> + *
> + * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
> + * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
> + */
> +#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) \
> + (!((mb)->ol_flags & (IND_ATTACHED_MBUF | EXT_ATTACHED_MBUF)))
> +
> +#define MBUF_INVALID_PORT UINT16_MAX
> +
> +/**
> + * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
> + *
> + * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> + * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> + * enough to accommodate its data.
> + *
> + * @param m
> + * The packet mbuf.
> + * @param o
> + * The offset into the mbuf data.
> + * @param t
> + * The type to cast the result into.
> + */
> +#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
> + ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
> +
> +/**
> + * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
> + *
> + * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> + * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> + * enough to accommodate its data.
> + *
> + * @param m
> + * The packet mbuf.
> + * @param t
> + * The type to cast the result into.
> + */
> +#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
> +
> +/**
> + * A macro that returns the IO address that points to an offset of the
> + * start of the data in the mbuf
> + *
> + * @param m
> + * The packet mbuf.
> + * @param o
> + * The offset into the data to calculate address from.
> + */
> +#define rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, o) \
> + (rte_iova_t)((m)->buf_iova + (m)->data_off + (o))
> +
> +/**
> + * A macro that returns the IO address that points to the start of the
> + * data in the mbuf
> + *
> + * @param m
> + * The packet mbuf.
> + */
> +#define rte_pktmbuf_iova(m) rte_pktmbuf_iova_offset(m, 0)
> +
> +#ifdef __cplusplus
> +}
> +#endif
> +
> +#endif /* _RTE_MBUF_CORE_H_ */
>
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-09-30 19:35 ` Michel Machado
0 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Michel Machado @ 2019-09-30 19:35 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev, dev; +Cc: olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
Acked-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
[ ]'s
Michel Machado
On 9/27/19 9:50 AM, Konstantin Ananyev wrote:
> Get rid of duplicate definitions for rte_mbuf and related macros.
> Include rte_mbuf_core.h instead.
>
> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
> ---
> examples/bpf/mbuf.h | 605 --------------------------------------------
> examples/bpf/t2.c | 4 +-
> examples/bpf/t3.c | 2 +-
> 3 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 608 deletions(-)
> delete mode 100644 examples/bpf/mbuf.h
>
> diff --git a/examples/bpf/mbuf.h b/examples/bpf/mbuf.h
> deleted file mode 100644
> index e41c3d26e..000000000
> --- a/examples/bpf/mbuf.h
> +++ /dev/null
> @@ -1,605 +0,0 @@
> -/* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
> - * Copyright(c) 2010-2014 Intel Corporation.
> - * Copyright 2014 6WIND S.A.
> - */
> -
> -/*
> - * Snipper from dpdk.org rte_mbuf.h.
> - * used to provide BPF programs information about rte_mbuf layout.
> - */
> -
> -#ifndef _MBUF_H_
> -#define _MBUF_H_
> -
> -#include <stdint.h>
> -#include <rte_common.h>
> -
> -#ifdef __cplusplus
> -extern "C" {
> -#endif
> -
> -/*
> - * Packet Offload Features Flags. It also carry packet type information.
> - * Critical resources. Both rx/tx shared these bits. Be cautious on any change
> - *
> - * - RX flags start at bit position zero, and get added to the left of previous
> - * flags.
> - * - The most-significant 3 bits are reserved for generic mbuf flags
> - * - TX flags therefore start at bit position 60 (i.e. 63-3), and new flags get
> - * added to the right of the previously defined flags i.e. they should count
> - * downwards, not upwards.
> - *
> - * Keep these flags synchronized with rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name() and
> - * rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name().
> - */
> -
> -/**
> - * RX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet. This flag was set by PMDs when
> - * the packet is recognized as a VLAN, but the behavior between PMDs
> - * was not the same. This flag is kept for some time to avoid breaking
> - * applications and should be replaced by PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT (1ULL << 0)
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_RSS_HASH (1ULL << 1)
> -/**< RX packet with RSS hash result. */
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR (1ULL << 2)
> -/**< RX packet with FDIR match indicate. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> - * PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK.
> - * This flag was set when the L4 checksum of a packet was detected as
> - * wrong by the hardware.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * Checking this flag alone is deprecated: check the 2 bits of
> - * PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK.
> - * This flag was set when the IP checksum of a packet was detected as
> - * wrong by the hardware.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_EIP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 5)
> -/**< External IP header checksum error. */
> -
> -/**
> - * A vlan has been stripped by the hardware and its tci is saved in
> - * mbuf->vlan_tci. This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled
> - * in the RX configuration of the PMD.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED (1ULL << 6)
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX IP checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX IP checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD: the IP checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD: the IP checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE: the IP checksum is not correct in the packet
> - * data, but the integrity of the IP header is verified.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 4)
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 7)
> -#define PKT_RX_IP_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 4) | (1ULL << 7))
> -
> -/**
> - * Mask of bits used to determine the status of RX L4 checksum.
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN: no information about the RX L4 checksum
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD: the L4 checksum in the packet is wrong
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD: the L4 checksum in the packet is valid
> - * - PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE: the L4 checksum is not correct in the packet
> - * data, but the integrity of the L4 data is verified.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_MASK ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_UNKNOWN 0
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_BAD (1ULL << 3)
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_GOOD (1ULL << 8)
> -#define PKT_RX_L4_CKSUM_NONE ((1ULL << 3) | (1ULL << 8))
> -
> -#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_PTP (1ULL << 9)
> -/**< RX IEEE1588 L2 Ethernet PT Packet. */
> -#define PKT_RX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 10)
> -/**< RX IEEE1588 L2/L4 timestamped packet.*/
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR_ID (1ULL << 13)
> -/**< FD id reported if FDIR match. */
> -#define PKT_RX_FDIR_FLX (1ULL << 14)
> -/**< Flexible bytes reported if FDIR match. */
> -
> -/**
> - * The 2 vlans have been stripped by the hardware and their tci are
> - * saved in mbuf->vlan_tci (inner) and mbuf->vlan_tci_outer (outer).
> - * This can only happen if vlan stripping is enabled in the RX
> - * configuration of the PMD. If this flag is set, PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED
> - * must also be set.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED (1ULL << 15)
> -
> -/**
> - * Deprecated.
> - * RX packet with double VLAN stripped.
> - * This flag is replaced by PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_QINQ_PKT PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED
> -
> -/**
> - * When packets are coalesced by a hardware or virtual driver, this flag
> - * can be set in the RX mbuf, meaning that the m->tso_segsz field is
> - * valid and is set to the segment size of original packets.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_LRO (1ULL << 16)
> -
> -/**
> - * Indicate that the timestamp field in the mbuf is valid.
> - */
> -#define PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP (1ULL << 17)
> -
> -/* add new RX flags here */
> -
> -/* add new TX flags here */
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the MACsec. This flag must be set by the application to enable
> - * this offload feature for a packet to be transmitted.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_MACSEC (1ULL << 44)
> -
> -/**
> - * Bits 45:48 used for the tunnel type.
> - * When doing Tx offload like TSO or checksum, the HW needs to configure the
> - * tunnel type into the HW descriptors.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_VXLAN (0x1ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GRE (0x2ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_IPIP (0x3ULL << 45)
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_GENEVE (0x4ULL << 45)
> -/**< TX packet with MPLS-in-UDP RFC 7510 header. */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MPLSINUDP (0x5ULL << 45)
> -/* add new TX TUNNEL type here */
> -#define PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK (0xFULL << 45)
> -
> -/**
> - * Second VLAN insertion (QinQ) flag.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT (1ULL << 49)
> -/**< TX packet with double VLAN inserted. */
> -
> -/**
> - * TCP segmentation offload. To enable this offload feature for a
> - * packet to be transmitted on hardware supporting TSO:
> - * - set the PKT_TX_TCP_SEG flag in mbuf->ol_flags (this flag implies
> - * PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM)
> - * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> - * - if it's IPv4, set the PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM flag and write the IP checksum
> - * to 0 in the packet
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len, l4_len, tso_segsz
> - * - calculate the pseudo header checksum without taking ip_len in account,
> - * and set it in the TCP header. Refer to rte_ipv4_phdr_cksum() and
> - * rte_ipv6_phdr_cksum() that can be used as helpers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_TCP_SEG (1ULL << 50)
> -
> -#define PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST (1ULL << 51)
> -/**< TX IEEE1588 packet to timestamp. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Bits 52+53 used for L4 packet type with checksum enabled: 00: Reserved,
> - * 01: TCP checksum, 10: SCTP checksum, 11: UDP checksum. To use hardware
> - * L4 checksum offload, the user needs to:
> - * - fill l2_len and l3_len in mbuf
> - * - set the flags PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM, PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM or PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM
> - * - set the flag PKT_TX_IPV4 or PKT_TX_IPV6
> - * - calculate the pseudo header checksum and set it in the L4 header (only
> - * for TCP or UDP). See rte_ipv4_phdr_cksum() and rte_ipv6_phdr_cksum().
> - * For SCTP, set the crc field to 0.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_L4_NO_CKSUM (0ULL << 52)
> -/**< Disable L4 cksum of TX pkt. */
> -#define PKT_TX_TCP_CKSUM (1ULL << 52)
> -/**< TCP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_SCTP_CKSUM (2ULL << 52)
> -/**< SCTP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_UDP_CKSUM (3ULL << 52)
> -/**< UDP cksum of TX pkt. computed by NIC. */
> -#define PKT_TX_L4_MASK (3ULL << 52)
> -/**< Mask for L4 cksum offload request. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the IP checksum in the hardware. The flag PKT_TX_IPV4 should
> - * also be set by the application, although a PMD will only check
> - * PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM.
> - * - set the IP checksum field in the packet to 0
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: l2_len, l3_len
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 54)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any offload feature
> - * (TSO, L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv4
> - * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> - * the inner headers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IPV4 (1ULL << 55)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet is IPv6. This flag must be set when using an offload feature
> - * (TSO or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the packet is an IPv6
> - * packet. If the packet is a tunneled packet, this flag is related to
> - * the inner headers.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_IPV6 (1ULL << 56)
> -
> -#define PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT (1ULL << 57)
> -/**< TX packet is a 802.1q VLAN packet. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Offload the IP checksum of an external header in the hardware. The
> - * flag PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 should also be set by the application, alto ugh
> - * a PMD will only check PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM. The IP checksum field in the
> - * packet must be set to 0.
> - * - set the outer IP checksum field in the packet to 0
> - * - fill the mbuf offload information: outer_l2_len, outer_l3_len
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM (1ULL << 58)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet outer header is IPv4. This flag must be set when using any
> - * outer offload feature (L3 or L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the
> - * outer header of the tunneled packet is an IPv4 packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV4 (1ULL << 59)
> -
> -/**
> - * Packet outer header is IPv6. This flag must be set when using any
> - * outer offload feature (L4 checksum) to tell the NIC that the outer
> - * header of the tunneled packet is an IPv6 packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OUTER_IPV6 (1ULL << 60)
> -
> -/**
> - * Bitmask of all supported packet Tx offload features flags,
> - * which can be set for packet.
> - */
> -#define PKT_TX_OFFLOAD_MASK ( \
> - PKT_TX_IP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_L4_MASK | \
> - PKT_TX_OUTER_IP_CKSUM | \
> - PKT_TX_TCP_SEG | \
> - PKT_TX_IEEE1588_TMST | \
> - PKT_TX_QINQ_PKT | \
> - PKT_TX_VLAN_PKT | \
> - PKT_TX_TUNNEL_MASK | \
> - PKT_TX_MACSEC)
> -
> -#define __RESERVED (1ULL << 61) /**< reserved for future mbuf use */
> -
> -#define IND_ATTACHED_MBUF (1ULL << 62) /**< Indirect attached mbuf */
> -
> -/* Use final bit of flags to indicate a control mbuf */
> -#define CTRL_MBUF_FLAG (1ULL << 63) /**< Mbuf contains control data */
> -
> -/** Alignment constraint of mbuf private area. */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_PRIV_ALIGN 8
> -
> -/**
> - * Get the name of a RX offload flag
> - *
> - * @param mask
> - * The mask describing the flag.
> - * @return
> - * The name of this flag, or NULL if it's not a valid RX flag.
> - */
> -const char *rte_get_rx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
> -
> -/**
> - * Dump the list of RX offload flags in a buffer
> - *
> - * @param mask
> - * The mask describing the RX flags.
> - * @param buf
> - * The output buffer.
> - * @param buflen
> - * The length of the buffer.
> - * @return
> - * 0 on success, (-1) on error.
> - */
> -int rte_get_rx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
> -
> -/**
> - * Get the name of a TX offload flag
> - *
> - * @param mask
> - * The mask describing the flag. Usually only one bit must be set.
> - * Several bits can be given if they belong to the same mask.
> - * Ex: PKT_TX_L4_MASK.
> - * @return
> - * The name of this flag, or NULL if it's not a valid TX flag.
> - */
> -const char *rte_get_tx_ol_flag_name(uint64_t mask);
> -
> -/**
> - * Dump the list of TX offload flags in a buffer
> - *
> - * @param mask
> - * The mask describing the TX flags.
> - * @param buf
> - * The output buffer.
> - * @param buflen
> - * The length of the buffer.
> - * @return
> - * 0 on success, (-1) on error.
> - */
> -int rte_get_tx_ol_flag_list(uint64_t mask, char *buf, size_t buflen);
> -
> -/**
> - * Some NICs need at least 2KB buffer to RX standard Ethernet frame without
> - * splitting it into multiple segments.
> - * So, for mbufs that planned to be involved into RX/TX, the recommended
> - * minimal buffer length is 2KB + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM 2048
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_BUF_SIZE \
> - (RTE_MBUF_DEFAULT_DATAROOM + RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM)
> -
> -/* define a set of marker types that can be used to refer to set points in the
> - * mbuf.
> - */
> -__extension__
> -typedef void *MARKER[0]; /**< generic marker for a point in a structure */
> -__extension__
> -typedef uint8_t MARKER8[0]; /**< generic marker with 1B alignment */
> -__extension__
> -typedef uint64_t MARKER64[0];
> -/**< marker that allows us to overwrite 8 bytes with a single assignment */
> -
> -typedef struct {
> - volatile int16_t cnt; /**< An internal counter value. */
> -} rte_atomic16_t;
> -
> -#define RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE 64 /**< Minimum Cache line size. */
> -
> -/**
> - * Force minimum cache line alignment.
> - */
> -#define __rte_cache_min_aligned __rte_aligned(RTE_CACHE_LINE_MIN_SIZE)
> -
> -/**
> - * IO virtual address type.
> - * When the physical addressing mode (IOVA as PA) is in use,
> - * the translation from an IO virtual address (IOVA) to a physical address
> - * is a direct mapping, i.e. the same value.
> - * Otherwise, in virtual mode (IOVA as VA), an IOMMU may do the translation.
> - */
> -typedef uint64_t rte_iova_t;
> -#define RTE_BAD_IOVA ((rte_iova_t)-1)
> -
> -/**
> - * The generic rte_mbuf, containing a packet mbuf.
> - */
> -struct rte_mbuf {
> - MARKER cacheline0;
> -
> - void *buf_addr; /**< Virtual address of segment buffer. */
> - /**
> - * Physical address of segment buffer.
> - * Force alignment to 8-bytes, so as to ensure we have the exact
> - * same mbuf cacheline0 layout for 32-bit and 64-bit. This makes
> - * working on vector drivers easier.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - rte_iova_t buf_iova;
> - rte_iova_t buf_physaddr; /**< deprecated */
> - } __rte_aligned(sizeof(rte_iova_t));
> -
> - /* next 8 bytes are initialised on RX descriptor rearm */
> - MARKER64 rearm_data;
> - uint16_t data_off;
> -
> - /**
> - * Reference counter. Its size should at least equal to the size
> - * of port field (16 bits), to support zero-copy broadcast.
> - * It should only be accessed using the following functions:
> - * rte_mbuf_refcnt_update(), rte_mbuf_refcnt_read(), and
> - * rte_mbuf_refcnt_set(). The functionality of these functions (atomic,
> - * or non-atomic) is controlled by the CONFIG_RTE_MBUF_REFCNT_ATOMIC
> - * config option.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - rte_atomic16_t refcnt_atomic; /**< Atomically accessed refcnt */
> - uint16_t refcnt;
> - /**< Non-atomically accessed refcnt */
> - };
> - uint16_t nb_segs; /**< Number of segments. */
> -
> - /** Input port (16 bits to support more than 256 virtual ports). */
> - uint16_t port;
> -
> - uint64_t ol_flags; /**< Offload features. */
> -
> - /* remaining bytes are set on RX when pulling packet from descriptor */
> - MARKER rx_descriptor_fields1;
> -
> - /*
> - * The packet type, which is the combination of outer/inner L2, L3, L4
> - * and tunnel types. The packet_type is about data really present in the
> - * mbuf. Example: if vlan stripping is enabled, a received vlan packet
> - * would have RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER and not RTE_PTYPE_L2_VLAN because the
> - * vlan is stripped from the data.
> - */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint32_t packet_type; /**< L2/L3/L4 and tunnel information. */
> - struct {
> - uint32_t l2_type:4; /**< (Outer) L2 type. */
> - uint32_t l3_type:4; /**< (Outer) L3 type. */
> - uint32_t l4_type:4; /**< (Outer) L4 type. */
> - uint32_t tun_type:4; /**< Tunnel type. */
> - uint32_t inner_l2_type:4; /**< Inner L2 type. */
> - uint32_t inner_l3_type:4; /**< Inner L3 type. */
> - uint32_t inner_l4_type:4; /**< Inner L4 type. */
> - };
> - };
> -
> - uint32_t pkt_len; /**< Total pkt len: sum of all segments. */
> - uint16_t data_len; /**< Amount of data in segment buffer. */
> - /** VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED is set. */
> - uint16_t vlan_tci;
> -
> - union {
> - uint32_t rss; /**< RSS hash result if RSS enabled */
> - struct {
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - struct {
> - uint16_t hash;
> - uint16_t id;
> - };
> - uint32_t lo;
> - /**< Second 4 flexible bytes */
> - };
> - uint32_t hi;
> - /**< First 4 flexible bytes or FD ID, dependent on
> - * PKT_RX_FDIR_* flag in ol_flags.
> - */
> - } fdir; /**< Filter identifier if FDIR enabled */
> - struct {
> - uint32_t lo;
> - uint32_t hi;
> - } sched; /**< Hierarchical scheduler */
> - uint32_t usr;
> - /**< User defined tags. See rte_distributor_process() */
> - } hash; /**< hash information */
> -
> - /** Outer VLAN TCI (CPU order), valid if PKT_RX_QINQ_STRIPPED is set. */
> - uint16_t vlan_tci_outer;
> -
> - uint16_t buf_len; /**< Length of segment buffer. */
> -
> - /** Valid if PKT_RX_TIMESTAMP is set. The unit and time reference
> - * are not normalized but are always the same for a given port.
> - */
> - uint64_t timestamp;
> -
> - /* second cache line - fields only used in slow path or on TX */
> - MARKER cacheline1 __rte_cache_min_aligned;
> -
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - void *userdata; /**< Can be used for external metadata */
> - uint64_t udata64; /**< Allow 8-byte userdata on 32-bit */
> - };
> -
> - struct rte_mempool *pool; /**< Pool from which mbuf was allocated. */
> - struct rte_mbuf *next; /**< Next segment of scattered packet. */
> -
> - /* fields to support TX offloads */
> - RTE_STD_C11
> - union {
> - uint64_t tx_offload; /**< combined for easy fetch */
> - __extension__
> - struct {
> - uint64_t l2_len:7;
> - /**< L2 (MAC) Header Length for non-tunneling pkt.
> - * Outer_L4_len + ... + Inner_L2_len for tunneling pkt.
> - */
> - uint64_t l3_len:9; /**< L3 (IP) Header Length. */
> - uint64_t l4_len:8; /**< L4 (TCP/UDP) Header Length. */
> - uint64_t tso_segsz:16; /**< TCP TSO segment size */
> -
> - /* fields for TX offloading of tunnels */
> - uint64_t outer_l3_len:9;
> - /**< Outer L3 (IP) Hdr Length. */
> - uint64_t outer_l2_len:7;
> - /**< Outer L2 (MAC) Hdr Length. */
> -
> - /* uint64_t unused:8; */
> - };
> - };
> -
> - /** Size of the application private data. In case of an indirect
> - * mbuf, it stores the direct mbuf private data size.
> - */
> - uint16_t priv_size;
> -
> - /** Timesync flags for use with IEEE1588. */
> - uint16_t timesync;
> -
> - /** Sequence number. See also rte_reorder_insert(). */
> - uint32_t seqn;
> -
> -} __rte_cache_aligned;
> -
> -
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is cloned by mbuf indirection, or FALSE
> - * otherwise.
> - *
> - * If a mbuf has its data in another mbuf and references it by mbuf
> - * indirection, this mbuf can be defined as a cloned mbuf.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb) ((mb)->ol_flags & IND_ATTACHED_MBUF)
> -
> -/**
> - * Returns TRUE if given mbuf is direct, or FALSE otherwise.
> - *
> - * If a mbuf embeds its own data after the rte_mbuf structure, this mbuf
> - * can be defined as a direct mbuf.
> - */
> -#define RTE_MBUF_DIRECT(mb) (!RTE_MBUF_CLONED(mb))
> -
> -/**
> - * Private data in case of pktmbuf pool.
> - *
> - * A structure that contains some pktmbuf_pool-specific data that are
> - * appended after the mempool structure (in private data).
> - */
> -struct rte_pktmbuf_pool_private {
> - uint16_t mbuf_data_room_size; /**< Size of data space in each mbuf. */
> - uint16_t mbuf_priv_size; /**< Size of private area in each mbuf. */
> -};
> -
> -/**
> - * A macro that points to an offset into the data in the mbuf.
> - *
> - * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> - * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> - * enough to accommodate its data.
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param o
> - * The offset into the mbuf data.
> - * @param t
> - * The type to cast the result into.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, o) \
> - ((t)((char *)(m)->buf_addr + (m)->data_off + (o)))
> -
> -/**
> - * A macro that points to the start of the data in the mbuf.
> - *
> - * The returned pointer is cast to type t. Before using this
> - * function, the user must ensure that the first segment is large
> - * enough to accommodate its data.
> - *
> - * @param m
> - * The packet mbuf.
> - * @param t
> - * The type to cast the result into.
> - */
> -#define rte_pktmbuf_mtod(m, t) rte_pktmbuf_mtod_offset(m, t, 0)
> -
> -#ifdef __cplusplus
> -}
> -#endif
> -
> -#endif /* _MBUF_H_ */
> diff --git a/examples/bpf/t2.c b/examples/bpf/t2.c
> index 69d7a4fe1..9878eaf7b 100644
> --- a/examples/bpf/t2.c
> +++ b/examples/bpf/t2.c
> @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
> #include <stdint.h>
> #include <stddef.h>
> #include <rte_config.h>
> -#include "mbuf.h"
> +#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
>
> uint64_t
> entry(void *pkt)
> @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ entry(void *pkt)
>
> mb = pkt;
> mb->vlan_tci = 0;
> - mb->ol_flags &= ~(PKT_RX_VLAN_PKT | PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED);
> + mb->ol_flags &= ~(PKT_RX_VLAN | PKT_RX_VLAN_STRIPPED);
>
> return 1;
> }
> diff --git a/examples/bpf/t3.c b/examples/bpf/t3.c
> index 9ba34638a..f58ff64b3 100644
> --- a/examples/bpf/t3.c
> +++ b/examples/bpf/t3.c
> @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
> #include <stdio.h>
> #include <net/ethernet.h>
> #include <rte_config.h>
> -#include "mbuf.h"
> +#include <rte_mbuf_core.h>
> #include <arpa/inet.h>
>
> extern void rte_pktmbuf_dump(FILE *, const struct rte_mbuf *, unsigned int);
>
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 14:42 ` Andrew Rybchenko
2019-09-30 19:34 ` Michel Machado
@ 2019-10-16 8:18 ` Olivier Matz
2 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Olivier Matz @ 2019-10-16 8:18 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev; +Cc: dev, michel, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
On Fri, Sep 27, 2019 at 02:50:53PM +0100, Konstantin Ananyev wrote:
> Right now inclusion of rte_mbuf.h header can cause inclusion of
> some arch/os specific headers.
> That prevents it to be included directly by some
> non-DPDK (but related) entities: KNI, BPF programs, etc.
> To overcome that problem usually a separate definitions of rte_mbuf
> structure is created within these entities.
> That aproach has a lot of drawbacks: code duplication, error prone, etc.
> This patch moves rte_mbuf structure definition (and some related macros)
> into a separate file that can be included by both rte_mbuf.h and
> other non-DPDK entities.
>
> Note that it doesn't introduce any change for current DPDK code.
>
> Signed-off-by: Konstantin Ananyev <konstantin.ananyev@intel.com>
Acked-by: Olivier Matz <olivier.matz@6wind.com>
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
* Re: [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
` (2 preceding siblings ...)
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition Konstantin Ananyev
@ 2019-10-25 20:33 ` Thomas Monjalon
3 siblings, 0 replies; 17+ messages in thread
From: Thomas Monjalon @ 2019-10-25 20:33 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Konstantin Ananyev
Cc: dev, michel, olivier.matz, anatoly.burakov, vipin.varghese
27/09/2019 15:50, Konstantin Ananyev:
> Konstantin Ananyev (3):
> eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions
> mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file
> examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition
Applied, thanks
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 17+ messages in thread
end of thread, other threads:[~2019-10-25 20:33 UTC | newest]
Thread overview: 17+ messages (download: mbox.gz / follow: Atom feed)
-- links below jump to the message on this page --
2019-08-16 12:53 [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 18:50 ` Michel Machado
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 18:51 ` Michel Machado
2019-08-16 12:53 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition Konstantin Ananyev
2019-08-16 18:44 ` Michel Machado
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 1/3] eal: move CACHE and IOVA related definitions Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-30 19:34 ` Michel Machado
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 2/3] mbuf: move mbuf definition into a separate file Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-27 14:42 ` Andrew Rybchenko
2019-09-30 19:34 ` Michel Machado
2019-10-16 8:18 ` Olivier Matz
2019-09-27 13:50 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 3/3] examples/bpf: remove duplicate mbuf definition Konstantin Ananyev
2019-09-30 19:35 ` Michel Machado
2019-10-25 20:33 ` [dpdk-dev] [PATCH v2 0/3] move mbuf definition into a separate file Thomas Monjalon
This is an external index of several public inboxes,
see mirroring instructions on how to clone and mirror
all data and code used by this external index.